1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
97 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
99 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
100 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
101 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
104 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
105 || flag_unwind_tables
106 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
111 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
113 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
116 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
117 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
119 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
121 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
123 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
126 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
132 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
133 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
134 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
136 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
137 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
138 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
139 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
140 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
141 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
145 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
146 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags);
150 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
152 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
154 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
157 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
158 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
159 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
162 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
164 default_eh_frame_section (void)
166 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
167 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
169 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
173 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
174 must be kept around forever. */
175 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray;
177 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
178 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
179 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
180 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types;
182 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
183 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
184 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
185 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
186 define type declaration DIE's. */
187 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table;
189 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
190 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
191 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
194 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
195 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
196 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
198 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
199 Information instructions. The register number, offset
200 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
201 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
203 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
205 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
211 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
213 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
214 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
215 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
216 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
220 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
222 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
223 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
224 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
226 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
231 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
232 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
233 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
234 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
235 of this structure. */
236 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
239 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
240 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
241 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
244 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
245 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
246 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
247 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
248 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
250 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
253 const char *dw_fde_begin;
254 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
255 const char *dw_fde_end;
256 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
257 unsigned funcdef_number;
258 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
259 unsigned nothrow : 1;
260 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
264 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
265 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
267 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
268 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
269 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
270 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
272 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
273 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
276 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
277 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
278 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
281 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
282 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
285 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
286 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
287 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
290 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
291 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
293 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
294 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
297 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
299 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
300 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
301 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
303 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
304 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
305 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
306 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
308 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
312 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
313 information for each routine. */
314 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
316 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
317 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
319 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
320 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
322 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
324 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
326 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
327 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
329 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
330 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
331 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
332 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
333 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
334 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
337 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
340 unsigned int refcount;
345 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
347 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
348 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
350 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
352 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
354 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
355 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
356 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
357 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
358 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
359 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
360 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
361 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
362 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
363 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
364 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
365 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
366 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx, bool);
367 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
368 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
369 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
371 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
372 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
373 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
374 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
375 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
377 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
379 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
380 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
381 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
384 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
385 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
386 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
388 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
389 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
392 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
393 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
396 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
397 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
400 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
401 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
403 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
404 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
405 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
406 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
407 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
408 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
409 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
410 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
411 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
412 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
414 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
415 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
417 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
419 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
421 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
425 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
426 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
427 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
428 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
431 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
432 for the current function. */
433 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
434 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
437 /* Hook used by __throw. */
440 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
442 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
445 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
446 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
449 stripattributes (const char *s)
451 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
456 while (*s && *s != ',')
463 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
466 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
469 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
470 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
471 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
472 bool wrote_return_column = false;
474 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
475 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
477 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
478 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
481 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
482 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
483 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
485 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
487 wrote_return_column = true;
489 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
493 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
496 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
497 gcc_assert (wrote_return_column);
498 i = DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
499 wrote_return_column = false;
501 i = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
504 if (! wrote_return_column)
506 enum machine_mode save_mode = Pmode;
507 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = i * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
508 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
509 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
513 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
516 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
520 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
521 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
523 return "DW_CFA_offset";
525 return "DW_CFA_restore";
529 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
530 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
531 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
532 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
533 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
534 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
535 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
536 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
537 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
538 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
539 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
540 case DW_CFA_undefined:
541 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
542 case DW_CFA_same_value:
543 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
544 case DW_CFA_register:
545 return "DW_CFA_register";
546 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
547 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
548 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
549 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
551 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
552 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
553 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
554 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
555 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
558 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
559 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
560 case DW_CFA_expression:
561 return "DW_CFA_expression";
562 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
563 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
564 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
565 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
566 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
567 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
569 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
570 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
571 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
574 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
575 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
576 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
577 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
578 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
579 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
582 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
586 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
588 static inline dw_cfi_ref
591 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
593 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
594 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
595 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
600 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
603 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
607 /* Find the end of the chain. */
608 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
614 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
617 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
619 static char label[20];
621 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
622 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
626 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
627 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
630 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
634 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
637 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
639 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
640 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
644 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
646 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
648 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
649 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
650 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
653 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
657 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
660 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
663 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
665 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
667 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
668 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
670 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
671 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
674 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
675 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
677 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
678 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
685 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
688 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
692 loc->reg = (unsigned long) -1;
695 loc->base_offset = 0;
697 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
698 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
700 if (fde_table_in_use)
702 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
703 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
704 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
708 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
709 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
711 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
713 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
715 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
716 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
718 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
719 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
721 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
722 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
723 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
726 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
733 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
736 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
737 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
740 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
743 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
748 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
749 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
751 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
752 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
754 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
755 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
756 && loc.indirect == old_cfa.indirect
757 && (loc.indirect == 0 || loc.base_offset == old_cfa.base_offset))
762 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
764 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
765 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
767 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
768 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
771 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
772 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != (unsigned long) -1
775 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
776 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
777 offset has not changed. */
778 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
779 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
783 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
785 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
786 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
787 the specified offset. */
788 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
789 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
790 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
794 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
795 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
796 register-offset pair is available. */
797 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
799 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
800 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
801 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
804 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
807 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
808 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
809 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
810 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
813 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
815 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
817 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
819 if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
822 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
824 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
826 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
828 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
830 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
831 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
832 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
834 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
836 gcc_assert (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == offset);
839 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
841 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
843 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
845 else if (sreg == reg)
846 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
849 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
850 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
853 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
856 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
857 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
858 from the previous frame's window save area.
860 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
861 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
864 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
866 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
868 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
869 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
872 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
873 pushed onto the stack. */
876 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
880 if (size == old_args_size)
883 old_args_size = size;
886 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
887 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
888 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
891 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
892 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
895 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
897 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
900 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
901 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
904 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
906 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
909 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
910 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
913 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
915 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
918 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
919 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
922 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
924 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
925 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
927 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
930 /* RA is in a register. */
931 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
935 /* RA is on the stack. */
937 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
940 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
945 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
946 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
950 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
951 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
961 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
962 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
963 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
964 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT);
965 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
972 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
973 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
976 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
980 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
982 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
983 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
984 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
987 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
989 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
990 code = GET_CODE (src);
991 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
992 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
993 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
996 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1000 else if (MEM_P (dest))
1002 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1003 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1004 code = GET_CODE (src);
1010 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1012 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1013 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1014 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1015 && GET_CODE (val) == CONST_INT);
1016 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1023 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1025 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1032 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1034 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1049 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1050 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1051 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1054 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1056 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1060 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1061 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1062 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1063 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1064 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1067 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1068 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1069 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1071 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1073 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1074 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1075 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1076 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1077 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1078 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1079 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1080 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1085 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1087 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1088 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1091 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1093 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1094 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1095 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1096 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1097 offset = -args_size;
1102 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1103 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1104 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1105 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1107 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1109 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1110 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1111 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1119 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1120 cfa.offset += offset;
1122 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1126 args_size += offset;
1130 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1131 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1132 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1133 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1138 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1139 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1140 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1142 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1144 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1146 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1150 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1152 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1153 struct reg_saved_in_data GTY(()) {
1158 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1159 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1160 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1161 more efficient data structure. */
1162 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1163 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1165 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1166 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1168 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1169 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1172 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1174 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1176 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1177 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1179 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1180 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1185 q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1186 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1187 queued_reg_saves = q;
1191 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1192 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1194 last_reg_save_label = label;
1197 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1200 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1202 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1204 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1207 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1209 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1210 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1212 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1214 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1215 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1217 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1219 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1220 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1223 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1225 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1227 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1228 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1231 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1232 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1235 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1236 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1237 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1238 have a new location for? */
1241 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1243 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1245 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1248 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1250 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1251 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1252 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1259 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1262 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1264 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1266 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1268 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1269 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1272 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1273 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1274 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1275 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1281 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1282 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1283 value, not an offset. */
1284 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1286 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1287 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1288 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1289 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1291 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1292 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1293 users need not read the source code.
1295 The High-Level Picture
1297 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1298 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1299 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1300 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1301 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1303 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1304 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1305 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1306 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1307 saves. This also seems to work.
1309 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1310 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1311 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1312 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1313 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1314 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1315 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1316 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1317 value as in the caller.
1319 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1320 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1321 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1322 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1324 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1327 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1329 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1330 consists of a register and an offset.
1331 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1332 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1333 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1334 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1335 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1336 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1337 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1339 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1340 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1341 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1344 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1345 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1346 and cfa_temp.offset.
1348 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1351 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1352 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1353 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1357 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1358 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1361 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1362 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1363 cfa.offset unchanged
1364 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1365 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1368 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1369 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1370 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1371 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1372 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1373 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1376 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1377 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1378 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1381 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1382 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1384 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1385 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1386 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1389 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1390 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1392 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1393 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1396 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1397 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1398 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1401 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1402 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1403 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1406 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1410 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1411 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1412 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1415 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1416 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1417 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1419 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1422 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1423 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1424 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1426 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1429 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1432 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1433 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1436 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1437 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1438 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1441 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1442 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1443 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1444 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1447 Â (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1448 Â effects: target-dependent */
1451 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1454 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1456 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1457 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1458 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1459 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1460 flag is set in them. */
1461 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1464 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1466 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1467 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1468 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1470 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1475 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
1477 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1478 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1480 if (GET_CODE (src) == REG)
1482 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
1487 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1490 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1492 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1494 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1497 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1498 relative to the current CFA register.
1500 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1501 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1502 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1503 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1504 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1505 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1506 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1510 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1511 gcc_assert (call_used_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1512 && (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1513 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1514 || DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
1515 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
1516 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
1523 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1527 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1530 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1533 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
1535 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1541 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1543 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1544 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
1545 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1547 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1548 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1551 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
1553 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1555 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1556 cfa.offset += offset;
1557 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1558 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1560 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1563 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1564 or adjusting the FP */
1565 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
1567 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1568 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1569 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1570 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1571 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1573 cfa.offset += offset;
1574 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1578 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
1581 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1582 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1583 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1585 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1586 into the FP later on. */
1587 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1588 cfa.offset += offset;
1589 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1590 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1591 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1592 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1596 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1597 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1598 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1600 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1601 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1602 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1603 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1604 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1608 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1609 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1611 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1612 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1621 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1622 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1627 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1628 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1629 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1631 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1632 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1633 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1636 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1637 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1644 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
1645 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
1646 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
1653 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1657 gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
1659 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1661 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1666 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1667 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
1669 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1671 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1672 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1674 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1675 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1676 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1678 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1684 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1685 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1688 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1689 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1691 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1692 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1693 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1695 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1699 /* With an offset. */
1706 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT);
1707 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1708 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1711 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
1713 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1714 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1717 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1718 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1724 /* Without an offset. */
1727 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
1729 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1730 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1733 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1734 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1741 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
1742 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1743 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1744 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1751 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1752 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1753 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1755 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1757 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1759 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1760 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1762 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1763 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
1768 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1769 calculate the CFA. */
1770 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1774 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
1776 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1777 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1779 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1784 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1785 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
1793 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1794 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1795 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1797 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1798 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1801 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1806 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1810 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1811 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1813 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1816 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
1818 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1821 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1823 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1825 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
1826 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
1828 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
1832 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1833 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1835 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1837 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1838 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
1842 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1843 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1845 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1847 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1849 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1854 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1855 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1856 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1858 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1859 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1864 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1865 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1867 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1868 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1869 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1870 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1871 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1872 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1875 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1876 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1877 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1878 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1879 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1880 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1881 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1882 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1883 case DW_CFA_register:
1884 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1886 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1887 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1888 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1889 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1891 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1892 case DW_CFA_expression:
1893 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1900 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1901 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1902 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1904 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1905 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1909 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1910 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1912 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1913 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1914 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1916 case DW_CFA_register:
1917 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1920 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1924 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1926 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
1927 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
1928 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
1929 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
1930 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
1933 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1936 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
1939 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1940 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1941 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1942 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
1943 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1944 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1946 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1947 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1948 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
1949 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1951 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1953 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
1954 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
1955 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
1959 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1960 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1962 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1964 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1966 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1967 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1968 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
1971 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1972 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
1975 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1976 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1977 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1978 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1981 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1982 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1983 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1984 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1987 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1988 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1989 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1990 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1993 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1994 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1995 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1996 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1999 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2000 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2001 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2002 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2003 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2006 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2007 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2008 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2009 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2010 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2013 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2014 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2015 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2016 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2017 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2018 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2021 case DW_CFA_register:
2022 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2023 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2024 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2025 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2028 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2029 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2030 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2033 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2034 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2037 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2040 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2041 case DW_CFA_expression:
2042 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
2045 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
2046 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2055 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2056 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2057 location of saved registers. */
2060 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
2065 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
2066 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
2067 char augmentation[6];
2068 int augmentation_size;
2069 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2070 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2071 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2073 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2074 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
2077 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2078 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2079 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2080 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2081 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2082 specialization doesn't. */
2083 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2084 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2086 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2087 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2088 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
2089 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2090 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
2091 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
2093 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2094 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2095 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2096 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2099 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
2101 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2102 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
2103 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
2104 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2105 any_eh_needed = true;
2106 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
2107 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2108 any_eh_needed = true;
2110 if (! any_eh_needed)
2114 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2119 targetm.asm_out.eh_frame_section ();
2121 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
2123 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
2124 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
2126 /* Output the CIE. */
2127 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
2128 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
2129 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2130 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2131 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2133 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2134 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2135 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
2136 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
2137 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2139 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
2141 augmentation[0] = 0;
2142 augmentation_size = 0;
2148 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2149 augmentation section.
2150 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2151 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2152 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2154 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2155 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2157 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2158 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2159 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2161 p = augmentation + 1;
2162 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2165 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2167 if (any_lsda_needed)
2170 augmentation_size += 1;
2172 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2175 augmentation_size += 1;
2177 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2179 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2183 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2184 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2186 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2188 + 1 /* CIE version */
2189 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2190 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2191 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2193 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2194 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2195 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2197 augmentation_size += pad;
2199 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2200 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2201 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
2205 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2206 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2207 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2208 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2210 if (DW_CIE_VERSION == 1)
2211 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
2213 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
2215 if (augmentation[0])
2217 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2218 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2220 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2221 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2222 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2223 eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
2226 if (any_lsda_needed)
2227 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2228 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2230 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2231 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2232 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2235 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2236 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2238 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2239 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2240 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2241 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2243 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2244 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2246 fde = &fde_table[i];
2248 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2249 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2250 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2251 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2252 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2255 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh, /* empty */ 0);
2256 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2257 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2258 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2259 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2261 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2264 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2266 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2271 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin);
2272 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2273 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2275 "FDE initial location");
2276 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2277 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2278 "FDE address range");
2282 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2283 "FDE initial location");
2284 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2285 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2286 "FDE address range");
2289 if (augmentation[0])
2291 if (any_lsda_needed)
2293 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2295 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2297 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2298 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2299 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2300 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2301 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2304 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
2307 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2309 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2311 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2312 fde->funcdef_number);
2313 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2314 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2315 "Language Specific Data Area");
2319 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2320 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2322 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2323 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2327 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2330 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2332 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2333 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2334 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2336 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2337 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2338 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2339 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2342 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2343 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2344 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2345 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2346 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2347 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2350 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2355 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2359 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2360 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2362 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2366 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
2368 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2369 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2370 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2372 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2373 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2376 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2380 function_section (current_function_decl);
2381 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2382 current_function_funcdef_no);
2383 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2384 current_function_funcdef_no);
2385 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
2386 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
2388 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2389 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2390 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2394 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2395 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2397 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2398 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2399 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2400 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2401 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2404 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2405 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2407 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2408 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2409 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
2410 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
2411 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2412 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2413 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2414 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2415 fde->nothrow = TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl);
2416 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2417 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2419 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2421 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2422 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2423 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2425 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2429 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2430 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2434 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2435 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2438 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2440 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2442 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2443 current_function_funcdef_no);
2444 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2445 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2446 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2450 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2452 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2453 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2454 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2455 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2457 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2458 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2460 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2461 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2462 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2463 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2468 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2470 /* Output call frame information. */
2471 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
2472 output_call_frame_info (0);
2474 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2475 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2476 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2477 output_call_frame_info (1);
2482 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2483 for emitting location expressions. */
2485 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2486 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2487 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2490 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2491 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2492 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2493 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2495 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2496 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2497 implementation are listed below. */
2502 dw_val_class_offset,
2504 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2505 dw_val_class_range_list,
2507 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2508 dw_val_class_long_long,
2511 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2512 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2513 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2514 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2518 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2519 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2521 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2528 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2530 typedef struct dw_vec_struct GTY(())
2532 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2538 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2539 represented internally. */
2541 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2543 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2544 union dw_val_struct_union
2546 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2547 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2548 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2549 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2550 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
2551 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2552 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2553 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
2554 struct dw_val_die_union
2558 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2559 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2560 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2561 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2562 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2564 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2568 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2571 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2573 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2574 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2575 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2576 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2581 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2582 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2583 their entire life. */
2584 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2586 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2587 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2588 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2589 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2590 Only on head of list */
2591 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2592 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2595 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2597 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2598 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2599 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2600 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2601 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2602 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2603 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2604 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2606 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2609 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2614 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2615 return "DW_OP_addr";
2617 return "DW_OP_deref";
2619 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2621 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2623 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2625 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2627 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2629 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2631 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2633 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2635 return "DW_OP_constu";
2637 return "DW_OP_consts";
2641 return "DW_OP_drop";
2643 return "DW_OP_over";
2645 return "DW_OP_pick";
2647 return "DW_OP_swap";
2651 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2659 return "DW_OP_minus";
2671 return "DW_OP_plus";
2672 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2673 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2679 return "DW_OP_shra";
2697 return "DW_OP_skip";
2699 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2701 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2703 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2705 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2707 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2709 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2711 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2713 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2715 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2717 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2719 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2721 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2723 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2725 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2727 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2729 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2731 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2733 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2735 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2737 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2739 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2741 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2743 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2745 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2747 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2749 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2751 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2753 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2755 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2757 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2759 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2761 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2763 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2765 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2767 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2769 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2771 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2773 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2775 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2777 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2779 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2781 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2783 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2785 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2787 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2789 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2791 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2793 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2795 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2797 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2799 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2801 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2803 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2805 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2807 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2809 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2811 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2813 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2815 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2817 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2819 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2821 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2823 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2825 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2827 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2829 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2831 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2833 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2835 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2837 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2839 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2841 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2843 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2845 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2847 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2849 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2851 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2853 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2855 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2857 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2859 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2861 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2863 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2865 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2867 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2869 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2871 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2873 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2875 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2877 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2879 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2881 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2883 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2885 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2887 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2889 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2891 return "DW_OP_regx";
2893 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2895 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2897 return "DW_OP_piece";
2898 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2899 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2900 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2901 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2904 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
2905 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2907 return "DW_OP_call2";
2909 return "DW_OP_call4";
2910 case DW_OP_call_ref:
2911 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2912 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
2913 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2915 return "OP_<unknown>";
2919 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2920 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2921 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2923 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2924 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
2925 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
2927 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
2929 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
2930 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2931 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
2932 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2933 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
2939 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2942 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
2944 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
2946 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2947 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
2953 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2955 static unsigned long
2956 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
2958 unsigned long size = 1;
2960 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2963 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2964 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2983 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2986 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2991 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2992 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3030 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3033 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3036 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3039 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3040 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
3043 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3045 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3046 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3055 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3056 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3065 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3067 static unsigned long
3068 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3072 for (size = 0; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3074 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
3075 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
3081 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3084 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3086 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
3087 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
3089 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3091 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3093 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
3097 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3101 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3105 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG >= 64);
3106 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3113 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
3114 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
3116 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
3129 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3130 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3131 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3132 only doing unwinding. */
3137 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3140 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3143 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3146 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3148 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3149 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3183 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3186 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3189 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3192 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3193 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3196 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3198 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3199 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3200 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3203 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3204 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3205 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
3207 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3214 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3219 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3222 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3224 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3226 /* Output the opcode. */
3227 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3228 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3230 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3231 output_loc_operands (loc);
3235 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3236 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3239 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3241 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3244 /* Output the size of the block. */
3245 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3246 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3247 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3249 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3250 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3253 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3254 a dw_cfa_location. */
3256 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3257 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa)
3259 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3261 gcc_assert (cfa->indirect);
3263 if (cfa->base_offset)
3266 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3268 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3270 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3271 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3273 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3275 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3276 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3277 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3278 if (cfa->offset != 0)
3280 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
3281 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3287 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3288 descriptor sequence. */
3291 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3293 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3295 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3299 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3301 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3337 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3340 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3374 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3375 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3378 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3379 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3384 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3385 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3388 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3389 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3393 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3395 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3396 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3398 /* .debug_str support. */
3399 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3401 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3402 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3403 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3404 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3405 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3406 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3407 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3408 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3409 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3410 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3411 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
3412 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree);
3413 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3414 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
3415 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
3417 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3419 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3425 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3426 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3427 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3428 dwarf2out_end_block,
3429 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3430 dwarf2out_source_line,
3431 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3432 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3433 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3434 dwarf2out_begin_function,
3435 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3436 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3437 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3438 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
3439 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
3440 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3441 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3442 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3443 something tries to reference them. */
3444 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3445 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3446 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
3447 dwarf2out_var_location,
3448 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3452 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3453 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3454 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3456 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3457 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3458 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3459 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3461 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3462 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3464 typedef long int dw_offset;
3466 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3468 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3469 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3470 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3471 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3472 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3474 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3475 line number associated with the label generated for that
3476 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3477 the line number entry. */
3479 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3481 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3482 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3486 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3488 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3490 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3491 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3492 unsigned long function;
3494 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3496 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3497 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3498 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3500 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3502 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3503 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3504 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3508 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3510 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3512 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3514 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3515 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3516 dw_die_ref die_child;
3518 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3519 dw_offset die_offset;
3520 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3522 unsigned int decl_id;
3526 /* The pubname structure */
3528 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3535 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3540 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3541 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3545 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3549 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3550 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3551 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3554 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3555 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3557 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3558 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3559 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3560 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3561 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3562 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3564 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3565 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3566 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3567 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3568 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3569 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3570 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3571 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3572 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3573 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3575 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3576 language, and compiler version. */
3578 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3579 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3580 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3582 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3583 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3585 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3586 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3587 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3588 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3589 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3591 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3592 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3593 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3594 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3595 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3596 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3598 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3599 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3600 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3601 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3603 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3607 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3608 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3609 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3611 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3612 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3614 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3615 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3617 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3618 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3619 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3620 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3621 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3623 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3624 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3625 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3626 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3629 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3630 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3632 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3633 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3635 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3636 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table;
3637 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted;
3638 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index;
3640 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3641 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3642 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3644 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3645 struct var_loc_node GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3647 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
3648 const char * GTY (()) label;
3649 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3652 /* Variable location list. */
3653 struct var_loc_list_def GTY (())
3655 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
3657 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3658 it is marked through the chain. */
3659 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
3661 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3662 unsigned int decl_id;
3664 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
3667 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3668 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
3670 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3671 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3672 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3673 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3674 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3676 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3677 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3679 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3680 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3682 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3683 abbrev_die_table. */
3684 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3686 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3687 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3688 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3689 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3691 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3692 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3694 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3695 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3697 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3698 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3699 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3700 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3702 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3703 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3705 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3706 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3708 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3710 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3712 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3713 accessible names. */
3714 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table;
3716 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3717 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3719 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3720 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3722 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3724 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3726 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3727 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3729 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3730 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3732 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3733 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3735 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3737 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3739 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3740 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3742 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3743 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3745 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3746 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3748 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3750 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3752 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3753 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists;
3755 /* Unique label counter. */
3756 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
3758 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3759 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3760 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3762 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3763 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3766 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3767 static GTY(()) int emitcount = 0;
3769 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3770 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3772 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3774 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3776 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
3777 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
3778 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
3779 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3780 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3781 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3782 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
3783 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
3784 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
3785 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
3786 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
3787 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3788 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
3789 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
3790 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
3791 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3792 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
3793 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
3795 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
3796 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
3797 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3798 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3799 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3800 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
3801 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
3802 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
3803 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3804 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
3805 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
3806 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
3807 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
3808 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
3809 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
3810 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3812 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
3813 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
3814 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
3815 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3816 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
3817 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3818 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
3819 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3821 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
3822 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3823 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
3824 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
3825 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3826 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3827 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3828 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3829 static bool is_c_family (void);
3830 static bool is_cxx (void);
3831 static bool is_java (void);
3832 static bool is_fortran (void);
3833 static bool is_ada (void);
3834 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
3835 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
3836 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref);
3837 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref);
3838 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3839 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
3840 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
3841 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3842 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
3843 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3844 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
3845 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
3846 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3847 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (tree);
3848 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3849 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
3850 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3851 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
3852 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3853 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref);
3854 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3855 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3856 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
3857 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
3858 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3859 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
3860 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
3861 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
3862 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
3863 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
3864 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
3865 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
3866 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
3867 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
3868 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
3869 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
3870 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
3871 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3872 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3873 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3874 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
3875 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
3876 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
3877 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
3878 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
3879 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3880 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
3881 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
3882 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3883 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
3884 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
3885 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3886 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3887 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3888 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
3889 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3890 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
3891 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
3892 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3893 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
3894 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
3895 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
3896 static void output_pubnames (void);
3897 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
3898 static void output_aranges (void);
3899 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
3900 static void output_ranges (void);
3901 static void output_line_info (void);
3902 static void output_file_names (void);
3903 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
3904 static tree root_type (tree);
3905 static int is_base_type (tree);
3906 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
3907 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3908 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3909 static int type_is_enum (tree);
3910 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx);
3911 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx);
3912 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3913 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
3914 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
3915 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT, bool);
3916 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
3917 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode, bool);
3918 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
3919 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx, bool);
3920 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree, int);
3921 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree);
3922 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
3923 static tree field_type (tree);
3924 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
3925 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
3926 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
3927 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
3928 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
3930 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3931 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
3932 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
3933 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
3934 static void insert_float (rtx, unsigned char *);
3935 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
3936 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
3937 enum dwarf_attribute);
3938 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3939 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
3940 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
3941 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
3942 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
3943 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3944 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3945 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3946 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3947 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3948 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3949 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3950 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
3951 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
3952 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3953 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
3954 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3955 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
3956 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
3957 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
3958 static const char *type_tag (tree);
3959 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
3961 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
3963 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3965 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3967 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3968 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3969 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3970 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3971 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3972 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3973 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3974 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3975 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3976 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3977 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3978 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3979 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3980 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3981 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3982 static void gen_string_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3983 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
3984 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3985 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3986 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3987 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3988 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3989 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3990 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3991 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
3992 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
3993 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
3994 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
3995 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
3996 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
3997 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
3998 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
3999 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
4000 static void init_file_table (void);
4001 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4002 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4003 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4004 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4005 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
4006 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4007 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
4008 const char *, const char *,
4010 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
4011 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4013 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4014 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
4015 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
4016 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
4017 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
4018 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4019 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
4021 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4022 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4023 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4025 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4026 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4028 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4029 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4031 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4032 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4034 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4035 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4037 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4038 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4040 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4041 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4043 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4044 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4046 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4047 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4050 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4051 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4052 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4055 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4056 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4057 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4058 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4061 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4062 the section names themselves. */
4064 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4065 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4067 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4068 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4070 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4071 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4073 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4074 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4076 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4077 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4079 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4080 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4082 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4083 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4086 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4087 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4088 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4089 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4090 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4092 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4093 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4094 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4095 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4096 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4097 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4098 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4099 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4101 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4102 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4104 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4105 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4107 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4108 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4110 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4111 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4113 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4114 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4117 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4118 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4120 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
4123 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
4125 demangle_name_func = func;
4128 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4131 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
4133 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
4134 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
4135 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
4138 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4142 type_main_variant (tree type)
4144 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4146 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4147 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4148 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4149 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4151 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
4152 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
4153 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4158 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4161 is_tagged_type (tree type)
4163 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
4165 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4166 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4169 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4172 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
4176 case DW_TAG_padding:
4177 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4178 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4179 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4180 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4181 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4182 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4183 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4184 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4185 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4186 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4187 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4188 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4189 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4191 return "DW_TAG_label";
4192 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4193 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4195 return "DW_TAG_member";
4196 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4197 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4198 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4199 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4200 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4201 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4202 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4203 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4204 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4205 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4206 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4207 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4208 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4209 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4210 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4211 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4212 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4213 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4214 case DW_TAG_variant:
4215 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4216 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4217 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4218 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4219 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4220 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4221 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4222 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4223 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4225 return "DW_TAG_module";
4226 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4227 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4228 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4229 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4230 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4231 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4232 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4233 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4234 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4235 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4236 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4237 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4238 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4239 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4240 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4241 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4242 case DW_TAG_constant:
4243 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4244 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4245 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4246 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4247 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4249 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4250 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4251 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4252 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4253 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4254 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4255 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4256 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4257 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4258 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4259 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4260 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4261 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4262 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4263 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4264 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4265 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4266 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4267 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4268 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4269 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4270 case DW_TAG_variable:
4271 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4272 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4273 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4274 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
4275 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4276 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4277 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4278 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4279 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4280 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4281 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4282 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4283 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4284 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4285 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4286 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4287 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4289 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4293 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4296 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4301 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4302 case DW_AT_location:
4303 return "DW_AT_location";
4305 return "DW_AT_name";
4306 case DW_AT_ordering:
4307 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4308 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4309 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4310 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4311 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4312 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4313 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4314 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4315 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4316 case DW_AT_element_list:
4317 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4318 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4319 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4321 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4323 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4324 case DW_AT_language:
4325 return "DW_AT_language";
4327 return "DW_AT_member";
4329 return "DW_AT_discr";
4330 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4331 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4332 case DW_AT_visibility:
4333 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4335 return "DW_AT_import";
4336 case DW_AT_string_length:
4337 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4338 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4339 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4340 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4341 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4342 case DW_AT_const_value:
4343 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4344 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4345 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4346 case DW_AT_default_value:
4347 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4349 return "DW_AT_inline";
4350 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4351 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4352 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4353 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4354 case DW_AT_producer:
4355 return "DW_AT_producer";
4356 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4357 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4358 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4359 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4360 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4361 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4362 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4363 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4364 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4365 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4366 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4367 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4368 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4369 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4370 case DW_AT_address_class:
4371 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4372 case DW_AT_artificial:
4373 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4374 case DW_AT_base_types:
4375 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4376 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4377 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4379 return "DW_AT_count";
4380 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4381 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4382 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4383 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4384 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4385 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4386 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4387 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4388 case DW_AT_declaration:
4389 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4390 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4391 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4392 case DW_AT_encoding:
4393 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4394 case DW_AT_external:
4395 return "DW_AT_external";
4396 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4397 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4399 return "DW_AT_friend";
4400 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4401 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4402 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4403 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4404 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4405 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4406 case DW_AT_priority:
4407 return "DW_AT_priority";
4409 return "DW_AT_segment";
4410 case DW_AT_specification:
4411 return "DW_AT_specification";
4412 case DW_AT_static_link:
4413 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4415 return "DW_AT_type";
4416 case DW_AT_use_location:
4417 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4418 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4419 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4420 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4421 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4422 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4423 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4425 case DW_AT_allocated:
4426 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4427 case DW_AT_associated:
4428 return "DW_AT_associated";
4429 case DW_AT_data_location:
4430 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4432 return "DW_AT_stride";
4433 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4434 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4435 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4436 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4437 case DW_AT_extension:
4438 return "DW_AT_extension";
4440 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4441 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4442 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4443 case DW_AT_call_column:
4444 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4445 case DW_AT_call_file:
4446 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4447 case DW_AT_call_line:
4448 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4450 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4451 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4452 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4453 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4454 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4455 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4456 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4457 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4458 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4459 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4460 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4461 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4462 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4463 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4464 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4465 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4466 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4467 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4468 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4469 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4470 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4471 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4473 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4474 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4475 case DW_AT_src_info:
4476 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4477 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4478 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4479 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4480 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4481 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4482 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4483 case DW_AT_body_end:
4484 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4485 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4486 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4488 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4489 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4492 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4496 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4499 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4504 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4505 case DW_FORM_block2:
4506 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4507 case DW_FORM_block4:
4508 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4510 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4512 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4514 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4515 case DW_FORM_string:
4516 return "DW_FORM_string";
4518 return "DW_FORM_block";
4519 case DW_FORM_block1:
4520 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4522 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4524 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4526 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4528 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4530 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4531 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4532 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4534 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4536 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4538 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4540 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4541 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4542 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4543 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4544 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4546 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4550 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4551 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4552 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4553 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4557 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4559 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4560 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4561 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4562 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4565 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4566 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4567 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
4569 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4572 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4573 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4574 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4575 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4579 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4581 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4583 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4584 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4585 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4586 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4589 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4594 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4598 ret_val = lookahead;
4599 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4600 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4602 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4604 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4605 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4606 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4607 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4608 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4609 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4610 if (DECL_P (ret_val))
4611 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val);
4617 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4618 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4622 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4624 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4626 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4627 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4629 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4630 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4632 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4633 context = NULL_TREE;
4638 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4639 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4642 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4644 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4646 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4647 die->die_attr = attr;
4651 static inline enum dw_val_class
4652 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4654 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4657 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4660 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4662 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4664 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4665 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4666 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4667 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4668 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4671 static inline unsigned
4672 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4674 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
4675 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4678 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4681 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4683 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4685 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4686 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4687 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4688 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4689 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4692 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4693 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4695 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
4696 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4699 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4702 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4703 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4705 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4707 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4708 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4709 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4710 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4711 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4714 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4715 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4717 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
4718 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4721 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4724 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4725 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
4727 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4729 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4730 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4731 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4732 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4733 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4734 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4737 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4740 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4741 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
4743 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4745 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4746 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4747 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
4748 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
4749 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
4750 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
4751 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4754 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4757 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4759 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
4763 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
4765 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
4766 (const char *)x2) == 0;
4769 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4772 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
4774 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4775 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4778 if (! debug_str_hash)
4779 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
4780 debug_str_eq, NULL);
4782 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
4783 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
4785 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
4786 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
4787 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
4790 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4791 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4792 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4793 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
4794 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4797 static inline const char *
4798 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
4800 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4801 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
4804 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4805 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4808 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
4810 struct indirect_string_node *node;
4814 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
4816 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4820 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
4822 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4823 always better to put it inline. */
4824 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
4825 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4827 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4828 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4830 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
4831 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
4832 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
4834 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
4835 ++dw2_string_counter;
4836 node->label = xstrdup (label);
4838 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
4841 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4844 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4846 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4848 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4849 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4850 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4851 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4852 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4853 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4856 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4857 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4860 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
4862 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
4863 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
4864 targ_die->die_definition = die;
4867 static inline dw_die_ref
4868 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
4870 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
4871 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4875 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
4877 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4878 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4884 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
4886 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
4887 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4890 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4893 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
4895 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4897 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4898 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4899 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4900 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4901 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4904 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4907 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
4909 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4911 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4912 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4913 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4914 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4915 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4918 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4919 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
4921 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
4922 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4926 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
4928 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4930 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4931 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4932 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4933 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
4934 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4935 have_location_lists = 1;
4938 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4939 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
4941 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
4942 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4945 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4948 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
4950 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4952 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4953 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4954 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4955 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4956 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4960 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
4962 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
4963 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
4966 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4969 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
4971 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4973 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4974 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4975 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
4976 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
4977 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4980 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4983 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *label)
4985 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4987 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4988 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4989 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
4990 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4991 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4994 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4997 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4998 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5000 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5002 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5003 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5004 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
5005 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5006 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5009 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5012 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5013 long unsigned int offset)
5015 dw_attr_ref attr = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
5017 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
5018 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
5019 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
5020 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5021 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
5024 static inline const char *
5025 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
5027 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5028 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset));
5029 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
5032 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5035 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5038 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
5042 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5043 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5045 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
5046 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
5050 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
5056 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5057 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5058 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5060 static inline const char *
5061 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5063 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
5065 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5068 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5069 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5070 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5072 static inline const char *
5073 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5075 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5077 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5080 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5081 NULL if it is not present. */
5083 static inline const char *
5084 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5086 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5088 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5091 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5092 if it is not present. */
5095 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5097 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5099 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5102 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5103 if it is not present. */
5105 static inline unsigned
5106 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5108 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5110 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5113 static inline dw_die_ref
5114 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5116 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5118 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5121 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5126 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5128 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
5129 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5132 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5137 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
5138 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
5141 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5146 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5148 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
5149 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
5150 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
5153 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5158 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5160 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5163 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5168 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5170 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5173 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5175 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref);
5177 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a)
5179 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5180 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5181 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5184 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5187 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5190 dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
5194 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
5195 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5198 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
5207 /* Remove child die whose die_tag is specified tag. */
5210 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5212 dw_die_ref current, prev, next;
5213 current = die->die_child;
5215 while (current != NULL)
5217 if (current->die_tag == tag)
5219 next = current->die_sib;
5221 die->die_child = next;
5223 prev->die_sib = next;
5230 current = current->die_sib;
5235 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5238 free_die (dw_die_ref die)
5240 remove_children (die);
5243 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5246 remove_children (dw_die_ref die)
5248 dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
5250 die->die_child = NULL;
5252 while (child_die != NULL)
5254 dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
5257 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
5259 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
5261 dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
5263 a = a->dw_attr_next;
5271 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5272 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5275 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5277 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
5279 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
5281 child_die->die_parent = die;
5282 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
5283 die->die_child = child_die;
5287 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5288 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5291 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5295 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5296 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5297 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5299 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5305 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
5306 || (child->die_parent
5307 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
5309 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
5312 *p = child->die_sib;
5316 child->die_parent = parent;
5317 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
5318 parent->die_child = child;
5321 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5323 static inline dw_die_ref
5324 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5326 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5328 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5330 if (parent_die != NULL)
5331 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5334 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5336 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5337 limbo_node->die = die;
5338 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5339 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5340 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5346 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5348 static inline dw_die_ref
5349 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5351 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5354 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5357 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5359 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5362 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5365 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5367 return (hashval_t) ((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5370 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5373 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5375 return (((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5378 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5380 static inline dw_die_ref
5381 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5383 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5386 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5389 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5391 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5394 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5398 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5400 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5403 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5405 static inline var_loc_list *
5406 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl)
5408 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5411 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5414 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5416 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5419 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5421 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5424 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5427 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
5429 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5433 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5436 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list));
5437 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5445 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5446 we have nothing to do. */
5447 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
5448 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
5450 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5451 temp->last->next = loc;
5455 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5456 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
5463 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5464 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5465 the DIE internal representation. */
5466 static int print_indent;
5468 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5471 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5473 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5476 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5477 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5480 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5485 print_spaces (outfile);
5486 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5487 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5488 print_spaces (outfile);
5489 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5490 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5492 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5494 print_spaces (outfile);
5495 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5497 switch (AT_class (a))
5499 case dw_val_class_addr:
5500 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5502 case dw_val_class_offset:
5503 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5505 case dw_val_class_loc:
5506 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5508 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5509 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5510 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5512 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5513 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5515 case dw_val_class_const:
5516 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5518 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5519 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5521 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5522 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5523 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5524 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5526 case dw_val_class_vec:
5527 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5529 case dw_val_class_flag:
5530 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5532 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5533 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5535 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5536 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5538 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5541 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5543 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5544 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5545 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5547 case dw_val_class_str:
5548 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5549 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5551 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5557 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5560 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5563 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5564 print_die (c, outfile);
5568 if (print_indent == 0)
5569 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5572 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5573 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5576 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5579 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5581 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5582 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5584 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5585 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5586 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s",
5587 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, line_info->dw_file_num));
5588 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5589 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5592 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5595 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5598 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5600 print_die (die, stderr);
5603 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5604 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5610 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5611 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5612 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5615 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5616 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5617 they are in order of addition. */
5620 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die)
5622 dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5623 dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5625 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5627 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5628 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5634 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5641 die->die_child = cp;
5644 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5645 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5646 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5647 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5648 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5651 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
5655 reverse_die_lists (die);
5657 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5658 reverse_all_dies (c);
5661 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5662 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5663 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5666 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5668 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5669 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5671 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5675 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5678 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5680 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5682 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5686 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5687 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5689 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5692 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5694 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5695 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5696 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5699 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5702 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5704 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5707 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5709 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5710 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5711 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5712 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5713 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5716 switch (AT_class (at))
5718 case dw_val_class_const:
5719 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5721 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5722 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5724 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5725 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5727 case dw_val_class_vec:
5728 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
5730 case dw_val_class_flag:
5731 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5733 case dw_val_class_str:
5734 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5737 case dw_val_class_addr:
5739 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
5740 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5743 case dw_val_class_offset:
5744 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5747 case dw_val_class_loc:
5748 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5749 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5752 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5753 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5756 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5757 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5758 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5766 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5769 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5774 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5777 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5780 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5782 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
5784 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5785 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
5787 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5788 die_checksum (c, ctx, mark);
5792 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5794 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5796 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
5798 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
5799 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
5800 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
5803 /* Do the values look the same? */
5805 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
5807 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
5810 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
5813 switch (v1->val_class)
5815 case dw_val_class_const:
5816 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
5817 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5818 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
5819 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5820 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
5821 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
5822 case dw_val_class_vec:
5823 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
5824 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
5826 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
5827 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
5830 case dw_val_class_flag:
5831 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
5832 case dw_val_class_str:
5833 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
5835 case dw_val_class_addr:
5836 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
5837 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
5838 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
5840 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1) == SYMBOL_REF);
5841 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
5843 case dw_val_class_offset:
5844 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
5846 case dw_val_class_loc:
5847 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
5849 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
5850 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
5852 return !loc1 && !loc2;
5854 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5855 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
5857 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5858 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5859 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5867 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5870 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
5872 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
5875 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5876 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5877 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5878 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5879 || at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5882 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
5885 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5888 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
5893 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5895 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
5896 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5898 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
5901 for (a1 = die1->die_attr, a2 = die2->die_attr;
5903 a1 = a1->dw_attr_next, a2 = a2->dw_attr_next)
5904 if (!same_attr_p (a1, a2, mark))
5909 for (c1 = die1->die_child, c2 = die2->die_child;
5911 c1 = c1->die_sib, c2 = c2->die_sib)
5912 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
5920 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5923 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
5926 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
5928 unmark_all_dies (die1);
5929 unmark_all_dies (die2);
5934 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5936 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
5938 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5939 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
5941 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5942 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5945 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
5947 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
5948 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
5949 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
5952 unsigned char checksum[16];
5955 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5956 the name filename of the unit. */
5958 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
5960 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
5961 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
5962 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
5964 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
5965 clean_symbol_name (name);
5967 p = name + strlen (name);
5968 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
5970 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
5974 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
5975 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
5978 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5981 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
5983 switch (die->die_tag)
5985 case DW_TAG_array_type:
5986 case DW_TAG_class_type:
5987 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
5988 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
5989 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
5990 case DW_TAG_string_type:
5991 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
5992 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
5993 case DW_TAG_union_type:
5994 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
5995 case DW_TAG_set_type:
5996 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
5997 case DW_TAG_base_type:
5998 case DW_TAG_const_type:
5999 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6000 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6001 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6002 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6009 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6010 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6011 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6012 compilations (functions). */
6015 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6017 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6018 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6019 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6020 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6022 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6025 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6026 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6027 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6028 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6030 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6032 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6035 return is_type_die (c);
6038 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6039 compilation unit. */
6042 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6044 return (is_type_die (c)
6045 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
6046 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification)));
6050 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6054 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6055 return xstrdup (buf);
6058 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6061 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6065 if (is_symbol_die (die))
6067 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6069 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6071 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6072 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6073 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6076 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6079 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6080 assign_symbol_names (c);
6083 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6086 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6087 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6090 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6092 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
6094 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
6096 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6100 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
6102 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6103 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6105 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6109 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6111 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6121 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6124 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6126 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6127 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6129 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6131 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6132 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6136 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6138 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6144 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6148 entry = xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry));
6150 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6151 entry->next = *slot;
6157 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6159 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6161 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6163 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6164 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6168 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6171 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6172 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6173 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6176 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6179 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6180 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6181 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6183 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr;)
6185 dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
6187 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6188 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6190 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6193 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6195 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6198 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6200 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6204 add_child_die (unit, c);
6208 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6209 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
6215 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6216 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6220 assign_symbol_names (die);
6221 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6222 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6228 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6229 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6230 &comdat_symbol_number);
6231 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6233 *pnode = node->next;
6236 pnode = &node->next;
6237 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6238 comdat_symbol_number);
6241 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6244 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6245 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6246 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6249 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6253 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
6254 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
6255 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6256 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6258 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6259 add_sibling_attributes (c);
6262 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6265 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6270 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6271 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6272 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
6274 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6275 output_location_lists (c);
6279 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6280 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6281 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6282 die are visited recursively. */
6285 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6287 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6288 unsigned int n_alloc;
6290 dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
6292 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6293 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6294 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
6295 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6296 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
6298 gcc_assert (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol);
6300 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
6303 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6305 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6307 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
6309 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
6311 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
6312 d_attr = die->die_attr;
6314 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
6316 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
6317 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
6320 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
6321 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
6324 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
6330 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6332 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6334 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6335 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6336 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6338 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6339 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6340 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6343 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6344 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6347 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6348 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6349 build_abbrev_table (c);
6352 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6355 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6362 log = floor_log2 (value);
6365 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6370 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6371 .debug_info section. */
6373 static unsigned long
6374 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6376 unsigned long size = 0;
6379 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6380 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6382 switch (AT_class (a))
6384 case dw_val_class_addr:
6385 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6387 case dw_val_class_offset:
6388 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6390 case dw_val_class_loc:
6392 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6395 size += constant_size (lsize);
6399 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6400 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6402 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6403 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6405 case dw_val_class_const:
6406 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6408 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6409 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6411 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6412 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6414 case dw_val_class_vec:
6415 size += 1 + (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6416 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size); /* block */
6418 case dw_val_class_flag:
6421 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6422 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6423 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6425 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6427 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6428 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6430 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6431 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6433 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6434 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6436 case dw_val_class_str:
6437 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6438 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6440 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6450 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6451 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6452 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6453 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6456 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6460 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6461 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6463 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6466 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6467 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6468 next_die_offset += 1;
6471 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6472 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6473 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6474 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6477 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6481 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
6484 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6488 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6491 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6495 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
6498 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6502 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6505 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6514 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
6515 unmark_all_dies (c);
6517 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6518 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6519 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6522 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6523 compilation unit. */
6525 static unsigned long
6526 size_of_pubnames (void)
6531 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6532 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
6534 pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
6535 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + strlen (p->name) + 1;
6538 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6542 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6544 static unsigned long
6545 size_of_aranges (void)
6549 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6551 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6552 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6553 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6555 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6556 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6560 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6562 static enum dwarf_form
6563 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6565 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6567 case dw_val_class_addr:
6568 return DW_FORM_addr;
6569 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6570 case dw_val_class_offset:
6571 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6574 return DW_FORM_data4;
6576 return DW_FORM_data8;
6580 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6581 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6582 .debug_loc section */
6583 return DW_FORM_data4;
6584 case dw_val_class_loc:
6585 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6588 return DW_FORM_block1;
6590 return DW_FORM_block2;
6594 case dw_val_class_const:
6595 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6596 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6597 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6600 return DW_FORM_data1;
6602 return DW_FORM_data2;
6604 return DW_FORM_data4;
6606 return DW_FORM_data8;
6610 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6611 return DW_FORM_block1;
6612 case dw_val_class_vec:
6613 return DW_FORM_block1;
6614 case dw_val_class_flag:
6615 return DW_FORM_flag;
6616 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6617 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6618 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6621 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6622 return DW_FORM_data;
6623 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6624 return DW_FORM_addr;
6625 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6626 return DW_FORM_data;
6627 case dw_val_class_str:
6628 return AT_string_form (a);
6635 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6638 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6640 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6642 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6645 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6649 output_abbrev_section (void)
6651 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6655 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6657 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6659 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6660 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6661 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6663 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6664 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6666 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6668 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
6669 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
6671 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6672 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6673 output_value_format (a_attr);
6676 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6677 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6680 /* Terminate the table. */
6681 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6684 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6687 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
6689 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6694 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6695 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6696 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6698 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
6700 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6703 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6704 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6705 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6707 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6708 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
6709 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
6711 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6713 retlist->begin = begin;
6715 retlist->expr = expr;
6716 retlist->section = section;
6718 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6723 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6726 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
6727 const char *begin, const char *end,
6728 const char *section)
6732 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6733 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6736 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6737 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6740 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6743 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
6745 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
6747 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
6749 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
6750 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
6753 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
6755 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6756 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6757 list_head->ll_symbol);
6758 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6759 "Location list end address (%s)",
6760 list_head->ll_symbol);
6764 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
6765 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6766 list_head->ll_symbol);
6767 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
6768 "Location list end address (%s)",
6769 list_head->ll_symbol);
6771 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6773 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6774 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
6775 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
6777 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6780 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6781 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6782 list_head->ll_symbol);
6783 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
6784 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6785 list_head->ll_symbol);
6788 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6789 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6792 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
6798 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6799 them to point to. */
6800 if (die->die_symbol)
6801 output_die_symbol (die);
6803 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6804 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6806 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6808 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6810 switch (AT_class (a))
6812 case dw_val_class_addr:
6813 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6816 case dw_val_class_offset:
6817 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
6821 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6823 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
6825 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
6826 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
6827 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
6833 case dw_val_class_loc:
6834 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6836 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6837 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
6839 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
6842 case dw_val_class_const:
6843 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6844 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6845 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6846 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
6849 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6850 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
6851 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
6854 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6856 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
6858 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6859 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6862 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6864 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6865 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6869 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6870 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6873 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6874 first, "long long constant");
6875 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6880 case dw_val_class_vec:
6882 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
6883 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
6887 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * elt_size, "%s", name);
6888 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
6893 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
6896 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
6897 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
6901 case dw_val_class_flag:
6902 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
6905 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6907 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
6910 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6914 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6915 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6917 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
6920 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6924 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
6925 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
6930 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6934 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
6935 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
6936 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
6940 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6941 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6944 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6945 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6948 case dw_val_class_str:
6949 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6950 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6951 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
6952 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
6954 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
6962 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6965 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6966 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6967 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6971 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6972 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6975 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
6977 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
6978 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6979 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6980 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6981 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
6982 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6983 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
6984 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
6985 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6986 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6989 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6992 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
6994 const char *secname;
6997 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6998 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
7001 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7002 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7003 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7004 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7005 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7008 build_abbrev_table (die);
7010 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7011 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
7012 calc_die_sizes (die);
7014 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
7017 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
7019 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
7021 die->die_symbol = NULL;
7024 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
7026 /* Output debugging information. */
7027 named_section_flags (secname, SECTION_DEBUG);
7028 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7031 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7036 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
7040 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
7041 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
7042 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
7045 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
7047 return lang_hooks.decl_printable_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
7050 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7053 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7057 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7060 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
7062 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7064 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table,
7065 (pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry)));
7066 memset (pubname_table + pubname_table_in_use, 0,
7067 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (pubname_entry));
7070 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
7072 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7075 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7076 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
7077 visible procedures. */
7080 output_pubnames (void)
7083 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
7085 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7086 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7087 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7088 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7089 "Length of Public Names Info");
7090 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7091 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7092 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7093 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7094 "Compilation Unit Length");
7096 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
7098 pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
7100 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7101 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
7103 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7106 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7109 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7112 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7115 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7117 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7120 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7122 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7123 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7124 (arange_table_allocated
7125 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7126 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7127 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7130 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7133 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7134 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7135 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7138 output_aranges (void)
7141 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7143 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7144 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7145 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7146 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7147 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7148 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7149 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7150 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7151 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7152 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7154 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7155 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7157 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7159 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7160 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7161 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7162 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7165 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7166 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7167 text_section_label, "Length");
7169 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7171 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7173 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7174 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
7176 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7178 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7180 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7181 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7185 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7186 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7187 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7188 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7189 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7191 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7194 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
7196 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7197 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7198 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7199 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7204 /* Output the terminator words. */
7205 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7206 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7209 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7213 add_ranges (tree block)
7215 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7217 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7219 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7221 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7222 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7223 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7224 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7227 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7228 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7230 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7234 output_ranges (void)
7237 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7238 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7240 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7242 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7246 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7247 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7249 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7250 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7252 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7253 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7254 base of the text section. */
7255 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
7257 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7259 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7260 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7261 text_section_label, NULL);
7264 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7265 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7266 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7267 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7270 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7271 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7272 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7279 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7280 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7286 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7289 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7290 char *fname; /* File name part. */
7291 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7292 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7293 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7296 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7300 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7301 int length; /* Path length. */
7302 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7303 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7304 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7305 int used; /* Used in the end? */
7308 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7309 the directories in the path. */
7312 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7314 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7315 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7319 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7320 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7321 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7322 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7323 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7324 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7325 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7327 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7328 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7334 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7335 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7336 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7337 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7338 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7340 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7341 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7346 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7347 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7348 slowdowns with many input files. */
7351 output_file_names (void)
7353 struct file_info *files;
7354 struct dir_info *dirs;
7363 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7364 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) <= 1)
7366 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7367 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7371 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7372 files = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct file_info));
7373 dirs = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7375 /* Sort the file names. */
7376 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7380 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7381 f = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i);
7382 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7385 /* Create a new array entry. */
7387 files[i].length = strlen (f);
7388 files[i].file_idx = i;
7390 /* Search for the file name part. */
7391 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7392 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
7395 qsort (files + 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) - 1,
7396 sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7398 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7399 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
7400 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
7401 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7403 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7405 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
7408 for (i = 2; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7409 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7410 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7411 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7413 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7414 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7415 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7421 /* This is a new directory. */
7422 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7423 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7424 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7425 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7426 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
7427 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7429 /* Search for a prefix. */
7430 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7431 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7432 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7433 && dirs[j].length > 1
7434 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7435 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7436 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7437 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7442 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7443 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7444 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7445 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7446 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7447 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7448 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7449 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7451 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7452 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7457 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7458 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7459 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7460 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7462 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7465 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7467 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7472 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7477 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7478 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7480 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7481 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7486 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7488 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7490 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7491 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7492 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7494 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7495 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7497 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7498 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7503 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7504 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7505 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7506 backmap = alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table) * sizeof (int));
7507 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7509 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
7511 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7512 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
7515 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7516 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7517 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7518 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7519 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7521 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7522 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7523 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
7525 dirs[i].used = idx++;
7526 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7527 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
7530 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7532 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7534 if (idx_offset == 0)
7537 /* Now write all the file names. */
7538 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
7540 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7541 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7543 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7544 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i);
7546 /* Include directory index. */
7547 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
7549 /* Modification time. */
7550 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7552 /* File length in bytes. */
7553 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7556 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7560 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7561 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7564 output_line_info (void)
7566 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7567 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7568 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7571 unsigned long lt_index;
7572 unsigned long current_line;
7575 unsigned long current_file;
7576 unsigned long function;
7578 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7579 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7580 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7581 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7583 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7584 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7585 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7586 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7587 "Length of Source Line Info");
7588 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7590 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7591 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7592 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7594 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7595 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7596 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7597 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7598 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7599 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7600 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7601 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7602 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7603 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7605 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7606 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7607 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7608 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7609 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7610 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7611 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7612 "Special Opcode Base");
7614 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7618 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7619 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7620 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7621 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7622 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7630 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7634 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7635 output_file_names ();
7636 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7638 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7639 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7640 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7642 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7643 a series of state machine operations. */
7646 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7647 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7649 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7652 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7653 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7656 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7657 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7658 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7659 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7660 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
7664 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7666 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7667 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7668 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7669 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7670 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7671 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7673 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
7676 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7677 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7678 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7679 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7683 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7684 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7685 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7686 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7687 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7688 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7691 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7693 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7694 different from the previous line. */
7695 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7697 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7698 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7699 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7700 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7704 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7705 that uses the least amount of space. */
7706 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7708 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7709 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7710 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7711 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7712 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7713 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7715 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7716 "line %lu", current_line);
7719 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7720 depending on the value being encoded. */
7721 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7722 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7723 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7724 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7728 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7729 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7732 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7735 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7736 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7737 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7741 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7742 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7743 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7744 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
7747 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7748 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7749 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7754 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
7756 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7757 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
7760 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7761 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7762 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
7763 && line_info->function == function)
7767 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7768 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7769 to handle it differently. */
7770 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
7772 if (function != line_info->function)
7774 function = line_info->function;
7776 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7777 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7778 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7779 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7780 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7784 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7787 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7788 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7789 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7793 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7794 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7795 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7796 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7800 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
7802 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7803 different from the previous line. */
7804 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
7806 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
7807 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7808 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
7809 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table,
7813 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7814 that uses the least amount of space. */
7815 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
7817 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
7818 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
7819 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
7820 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
7821 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
7822 "line %lu", current_line);
7825 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
7826 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
7827 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
7828 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7832 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
7840 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7841 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
7842 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
7847 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7848 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
7851 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
7852 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7853 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
7857 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7858 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
7859 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
7860 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
7863 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7864 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7865 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
7866 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
7870 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7871 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
7874 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7875 a DIE that describes the given type.
7877 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7878 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7881 base_type_die (tree type)
7883 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
7884 const char *type_name;
7885 enum dwarf_type encoding;
7886 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7888 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
7893 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7894 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7896 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
7899 type_name = "__unknown__";
7901 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7904 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7905 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7906 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7908 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7909 && (type == char_type_node
7910 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
7911 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
7913 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
7914 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
7916 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
7919 /* else fall through. */
7922 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7923 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
7924 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
7926 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
7930 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
7933 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7934 a user defined type for it. */
7936 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
7937 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
7939 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
7943 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7944 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
7948 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7952 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
7953 if (demangle_name_func)
7954 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
7956 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
7957 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
7958 int_size_in_bytes (type));
7959 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
7961 return base_type_result;
7964 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7965 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7966 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7967 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7968 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7969 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7970 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7971 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7974 root_type (tree type)
7976 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7977 return error_mark_node;
7979 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7982 return error_mark_node;
7985 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7986 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
7989 return type_main_variant (type);
7993 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7994 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7997 is_base_type (tree type)
7999 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8013 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8018 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8031 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8032 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8033 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8034 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8037 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8038 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
8040 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8041 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8042 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
8044 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
8045 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
8047 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8050 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8051 emitted as a subrange type. */
8054 is_subrange_type (tree type)
8056 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8058 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8059 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8060 or an enumeral type. */
8062 if (TREE_CODE (type) != INTEGER_TYPE
8063 || subtype == NULL_TREE)
8066 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) != INTEGER_TYPE
8067 && TREE_CODE (subtype) != ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8070 if (TREE_CODE (type) == TREE_CODE (subtype)
8071 && int_size_in_bytes (type) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype)
8072 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL
8073 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8074 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype))
8075 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL
8076 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8077 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype)))
8079 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8080 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8081 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8082 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8083 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8084 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8085 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8086 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8087 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8088 keep checking the actual size. */
8089 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8090 tree subtype_name = TYPE_NAME (subtype);
8092 if (type_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (type_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8093 type_name = DECL_NAME (type_name);
8095 if (subtype_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (subtype_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8096 subtype_name = DECL_NAME (subtype_name);
8098 if (type_name == subtype_name)
8105 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8106 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8109 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
8111 dw_die_ref subtype_die;
8112 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8113 tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8114 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
8115 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8117 if (context_die == NULL)
8118 context_die = comp_unit_die;
8120 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8121 subtype_die = gen_enumeration_type_die (subtype, context_die);
8123 subtype_die = base_type_die (subtype);
8125 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
8129 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8130 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8131 add_name_attribute (subrange_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
8134 if (int_size_in_bytes (subtype) != size_in_bytes)
8136 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8137 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8138 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
8141 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8142 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
8143 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
8144 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8145 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
8146 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
8147 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, DW_AT_type, subtype_die);
8149 return subrange_die;
8152 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8153 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8156 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
8157 dw_die_ref context_die)
8159 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8160 dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
8161 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
8162 tree item_type = NULL;
8164 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
8166 tree qualified_type;
8168 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8171 = get_qualified_type (type,
8172 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8174 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8176 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8179 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8181 return mod_type_die;
8184 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8185 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
8186 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
8187 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
8189 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
8190 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
8192 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8194 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8195 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8196 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8198 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8199 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
8200 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8201 type to which it refers. */
8203 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
8204 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8207 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8213 else if (is_const_type)
8215 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8216 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8218 else if (is_volatile_type)
8220 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8221 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8223 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8225 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8226 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8227 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8229 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8231 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8233 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8235 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8236 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8237 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8239 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
8241 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8243 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8244 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8245 else if (is_base_type (type))
8246 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8249 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8251 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8252 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8253 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8254 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8255 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8257 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8258 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8260 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8261 not the main variant. */
8262 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
8263 gcc_assert (mod_type_die);
8266 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8267 type = qualified_type;
8271 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
8273 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8274 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8275 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8276 types are possible in Ada. */
8277 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8278 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8279 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8282 if (sub_die != NULL)
8283 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8285 return mod_type_die;
8288 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8289 an enumerated type. */
8292 type_is_enum (tree type)
8294 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8297 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8300 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl)
8302 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8304 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
8306 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8309 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8310 zero if there is none. */
8312 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8313 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8318 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8321 reg = dbx_reg_number (rtl);
8322 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
8324 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1
8326 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs);
8328 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8331 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8332 a given hard register number. */
8334 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8335 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno)
8338 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8340 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8343 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8344 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8346 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8347 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs)
8351 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8353 reg = dbx_reg_number (rtl);
8354 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
8356 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8357 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8359 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8366 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg);
8367 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8368 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0));
8374 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8376 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
8378 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8381 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8385 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)));
8386 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8387 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8388 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0));
8393 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8395 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8396 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8398 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8400 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8401 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8405 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8408 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8410 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8420 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8422 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8423 || i >= -0x80000000)
8429 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8432 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8434 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8435 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset, bool can_use_fbreg)
8437 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
8438 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8439 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8441 unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8442 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8443 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
8445 if (reg == fp_reg && can_use_fbreg)
8446 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8448 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
8450 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
8455 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8458 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8460 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8461 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8462 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8463 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8466 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8467 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8468 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8469 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8471 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8472 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8473 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8474 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8476 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8477 autoincrement addressing modes.
8479 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the location
8480 list for RTL. We can't use it when we are emitting location list for
8481 virtual variable frame_base_decl (i.e. a location list for DW_AT_frame_base)
8482 which describes how frame base changes when !frame_pointer_needed.
8484 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8486 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8487 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode, bool can_use_fbreg)
8489 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8490 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8492 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8493 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8494 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8495 zeroth element of the array. */
8497 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
8499 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8504 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8505 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8507 /* ... fall through ... */
8510 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8511 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8512 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8513 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8514 contains the given subreg. */
8515 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8517 /* ... fall through ... */
8520 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8521 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8522 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8523 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8524 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8525 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8526 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8527 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8528 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8529 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8530 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8531 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8532 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8533 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8534 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (dbx_reg_number (rtl), 0,
8539 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
8541 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8542 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8546 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8548 /* ... fall through ... */
8551 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8552 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8556 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8557 by a different symbol. */
8558 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8561 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8563 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8566 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8567 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8572 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8573 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8574 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8575 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8580 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8581 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8582 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8583 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
8587 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8589 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8594 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8596 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8597 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8598 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8599 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8601 /* ... fall through ... */
8605 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8606 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (dbx_reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
8607 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)),
8611 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
8613 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8616 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8617 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8618 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8619 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8620 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8623 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8624 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
8626 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8627 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8632 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8633 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
8652 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode,
8654 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode,
8657 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
8660 mem_loc_result = op0;
8661 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
8662 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
8667 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
8674 return mem_loc_result;
8677 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8678 This is typically a complex variable. */
8680 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8681 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1)
8683 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8684 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0, false);
8685 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1, false);
8687 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
8690 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
8691 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8692 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8693 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
8695 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
8696 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
8697 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8698 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
8700 return cc_loc_result;
8703 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8704 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8705 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8706 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8707 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8709 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8711 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8712 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, bool can_use_fbreg)
8714 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8716 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8719 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8720 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8721 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8722 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8723 contains the given subreg. */
8724 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
8726 /* ... fall through ... */
8729 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
8733 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl),
8738 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
8743 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
8745 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0), can_use_fbreg);
8749 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8754 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
8755 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
8756 enum machine_mode mode;
8759 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
8760 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0),
8762 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
8763 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
8764 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
8765 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
8767 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
8769 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0),
8771 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
8772 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
8773 add_loc_descr (&loc_result,
8774 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece,
8775 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0));
8787 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8788 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
8789 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
8790 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
8791 the value of LOC. */
8793 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8794 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc, int want_address)
8796 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
8797 int have_address = 0;
8798 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
8799 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8801 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8802 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8805 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
8810 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
8811 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8812 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8813 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8814 the names of types. */
8820 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
8821 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
8822 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
8823 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
8824 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
8828 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
8832 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
8833 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
8836 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc))
8840 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8841 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8845 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8846 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8847 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
8850 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8851 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8856 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8857 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8860 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
8861 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8862 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8864 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
8865 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
8873 if (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc))
8874 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc), want_address);
8879 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
8881 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8883 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_INT)
8885 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
8886 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
8887 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
8888 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
8890 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
8892 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
8894 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8895 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8896 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8900 enum machine_mode mode;
8902 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
8903 if (want_address == 2)
8904 return loc_descriptor (rtl, false);
8906 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8909 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8912 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, false);
8918 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
8923 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
8927 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
8928 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
8931 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
8936 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
8939 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
8940 enum machine_mode mode;
8943 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
8944 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
8949 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj, 1);
8951 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
8954 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
8956 /* Variable offset. */
8957 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset, 0));
8958 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8961 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
8963 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
8964 else if (bytepos < 0)
8966 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
8967 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8975 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
8976 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
8983 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
8984 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
8985 enum machine_mode mode;
8987 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
8989 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8990 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8991 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode, false);
8996 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
8997 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
9002 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
9008 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
9013 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
9015 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
9016 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
9024 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
9026 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
9027 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
9040 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
9044 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9045 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
9047 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9051 add_loc_descr (&ret,
9052 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9053 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
9063 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9070 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9077 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9084 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9099 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9100 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9101 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
9104 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9105 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9108 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
9122 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9126 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9132 const enum tree_code code =
9133 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
9135 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
9136 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
9137 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
9138 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
9141 /* ... fall through ... */
9145 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9146 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9147 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9148 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
9149 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
9151 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9152 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
9155 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
9156 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
9158 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
9159 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
9160 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
9162 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
9163 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9164 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
9166 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9167 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
9168 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
9169 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9170 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
9174 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
9176 case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR:
9177 case FIX_ROUND_EXPR:
9181 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9182 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9183 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
9184 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
9187 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9188 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9189 these explicitly. Aborting means we forgot one. */
9192 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9193 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9198 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9199 if (want_address && !have_address)
9202 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9203 if (!want_address && have_address)
9205 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9207 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
9209 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
9212 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
9214 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
9220 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9221 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc)
9223 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc, 2);
9226 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9227 which is not less than the value itself. */
9229 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9230 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
9232 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
9235 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9236 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9237 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9241 field_type (tree decl)
9245 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9246 return integer_type_node;
9248 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9249 if (type == NULL_TREE)
9250 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9255 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9256 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9257 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9259 static inline unsigned
9260 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
9262 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9265 static inline unsigned
9266 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
9268 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9271 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9272 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9273 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9274 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9275 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9278 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9279 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
9281 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
9282 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
9283 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
9284 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
9286 tree field_size_tree;
9287 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9288 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
9289 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
9291 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9294 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
9296 type = field_type (decl);
9297 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
9299 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9300 a flexible array member. */
9301 if (! field_size_tree)
9302 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
9304 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9305 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9306 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9307 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
9310 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9312 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9313 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
9314 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
9316 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
9318 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9319 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
9320 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
9322 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9323 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9324 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9325 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9326 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9327 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9328 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9329 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9331 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9333 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9334 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9335 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9336 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9337 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9338 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9339 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9340 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9341 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9342 bits of the bit-field itself.
9344 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9345 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9346 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9347 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9348 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9349 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9350 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9351 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9352 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9354 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9355 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9356 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9357 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9358 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9359 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9361 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9362 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9363 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9365 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9366 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9367 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9369 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9370 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9371 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9372 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9374 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9376 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9377 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9379 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9380 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9381 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9382 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9385 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9388 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9389 associated with them. */
9391 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9393 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9394 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9395 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9398 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9399 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9402 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9405 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9406 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9407 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9408 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9409 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9410 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9413 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9414 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9415 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9416 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9417 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9418 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9419 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9420 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9421 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9425 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9427 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
9428 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9430 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
9432 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9433 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
9435 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9436 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9437 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9438 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9440 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9442 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9444 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9446 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9447 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9448 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9450 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9451 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9452 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9454 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9455 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9456 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
9458 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9459 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9460 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9461 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9463 /* Extract the offset. */
9464 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9465 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9467 /* Add it to the object address. */
9468 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9469 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9472 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9475 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9479 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9481 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9482 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9483 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9485 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9486 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9487 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9491 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9494 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9497 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9500 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9503 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
9507 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
9513 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9515 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9516 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
9518 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
9524 val |= *--src & 0xff;
9530 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9533 insert_float (rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
9539 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9540 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
9542 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9543 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
9545 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
9550 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9551 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9552 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9553 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9554 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9557 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
9559 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9563 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9566 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
9568 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
9573 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9574 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9575 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9576 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9578 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9580 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
9582 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
9583 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length);
9585 insert_float (rtl, array);
9586 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
9590 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9591 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
9593 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9594 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9601 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9602 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
9603 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
9604 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length * elt_size);
9608 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
9610 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
9611 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9613 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9614 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
9616 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
9624 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
9625 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
9632 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
9633 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
9636 unsigned char *p0 = p;
9637 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
9639 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
9640 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
9645 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
9646 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
9651 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
9652 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9654 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9655 insert_float (elt, p);
9663 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
9668 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
9674 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
9675 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, rtl);
9679 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9680 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9681 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9682 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9683 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9684 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9685 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9686 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9687 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9688 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9689 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9693 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9700 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
9704 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9705 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9706 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9708 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9709 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9710 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9711 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9712 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9713 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9714 referenced within the function.
9716 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9717 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9718 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9719 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9721 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9722 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9723 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9724 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9725 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9726 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9728 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9729 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9730 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9731 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9732 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9733 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9734 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9735 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9736 output at debug-time.
9738 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9739 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9740 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9741 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9742 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9743 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9744 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9745 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9746 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9747 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9748 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9749 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9750 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9752 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9753 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9754 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9755 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9756 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9757 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9758 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9759 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9762 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9763 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9764 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9765 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9766 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9767 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9768 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9769 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9770 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9771 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9772 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
9774 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9775 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
9777 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9778 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9780 if (! reload_completed)
9783 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
9785 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
9787 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
9788 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
9790 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
9795 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
9797 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
9799 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9800 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
9801 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
9802 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
9804 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9805 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9806 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9808 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9809 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
9810 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
9811 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
9813 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
9816 else if (MEM_P (inc))
9818 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
9819 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
9820 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
9821 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
9828 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9829 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9830 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9831 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9832 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9833 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9835 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
9836 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
9837 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
9838 /* Not passed in memory. */
9839 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
9840 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9841 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
9842 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9843 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9844 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9845 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9848 /* Big endian correction check. */
9850 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
9851 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
9854 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
9855 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
9857 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9858 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
9861 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
9864 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
9865 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
9867 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
9868 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
9870 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
9871 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
9872 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
9873 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
9874 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
9875 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
9877 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9878 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
9881 if (rtl != NULL_RTX)
9883 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
9884 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9885 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
9886 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
9890 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9891 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9892 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9893 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
9895 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9896 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9897 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == STRING_CST
9898 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9900 tree arrtype = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9901 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (arrtype);
9902 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype);
9903 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9904 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
9906 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
9908 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
9909 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
9910 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
9911 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
9912 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
9913 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
9914 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
9916 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9917 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9918 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9919 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == INTEGER_CST
9920 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl)) == REAL_CST)
9922 rtl = expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl), NULL_RTX, VOIDmode,
9923 EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
9924 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9925 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
9930 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
9932 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9933 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9934 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9936 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
9941 /* Return true if DECL's containing function has a frame base attribute.
9942 Return false otherwise. */
9945 containing_function_has_frame_base (tree decl)
9947 tree declcontext = decl_function_context (decl);
9954 context = lookup_decl_die (declcontext);
9958 for (attr = context->die_attr; attr; attr = attr->dw_attr_next)
9959 if (attr->dw_attr == DW_AT_frame_base)
9964 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
9965 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9966 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9967 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9968 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9969 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9970 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9971 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9972 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9973 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9976 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
9977 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
9980 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
9981 var_loc_list *loc_list;
9983 struct var_loc_node *node;
9984 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9987 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
9988 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
9990 can_use_fb = containing_function_has_frame_base (decl);
9992 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
9993 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
9995 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
9997 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
9999 const char *secname;
10000 const char *endname;
10001 dw_loc_list_ref list;
10005 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base
10006 for the address ranges where a given location is valid.
10007 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it,
10009 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use
10011 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10012 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, this
10015 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10017 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
10018 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10020 else if (current_function_decl
10021 && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
10023 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
10024 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10027 secname = text_section_label;
10029 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10030 actually construct the list of locations.
10031 The first location information is what is passed to the
10032 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10033 locations just get added on to that list.
10034 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10035 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10036 the range [current location start, next location start].
10037 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10038 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10040 node = loc_list->first;
10041 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10042 list = new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc, can_use_fb),
10043 node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
10046 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
10047 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10049 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10050 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10051 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10052 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list,
10053 loc_descriptor (varloc,
10055 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
10058 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10059 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10060 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10062 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10064 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10065 if (!current_function_decl)
10066 endname = text_end_label;
10069 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10070 current_function_funcdef_no);
10071 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
10073 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list,
10074 loc_descriptor (varloc,
10076 node->label, endname, secname);
10079 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10080 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr, list);
10084 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10087 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
10088 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING))
10090 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
10094 /* We couldn't get any rtl, and we had no >1 element location list, so try
10095 directly generating the location description from the tree. */
10096 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl);
10099 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10103 /* Lastly, if we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10104 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10105 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10106 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
10108 node = loc_list->first;
10109 descr = loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note),
10112 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10116 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10117 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10118 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10121 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
10123 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10124 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10126 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init
10127 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
10132 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
10135 if (host_integerp (init, 0))
10136 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10137 tree_low_cst (init, 0));
10139 add_AT_long_long (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10140 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init),
10141 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
10148 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10149 the value of the attribute. */
10152 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
10154 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
10156 if (demangle_name_func)
10157 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
10159 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
10163 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10166 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
10168 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
10170 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10173 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10174 a representation for that bound. */
10177 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
10179 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
10184 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10186 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
10187 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
10188 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
10189 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
10190 /* Use the default. */
10193 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
10198 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
10199 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
10200 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
10210 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
10212 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10213 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10214 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10215 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10216 later parameter. */
10217 if (decl_die != NULL)
10218 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10224 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10225 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10227 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
10228 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10230 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound);
10234 if (current_function_decl == 0)
10235 ctx = comp_unit_die;
10237 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
10239 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
10240 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10241 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
10242 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
10244 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10250 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10251 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10254 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
10256 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10257 unsigned dimension_number;
10260 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
10262 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10263 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10264 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10265 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10266 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10267 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10268 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10269 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10271 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10272 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10273 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10274 gen_array_type_die. */
10275 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10276 for (dimension_number = 0;
10277 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
10278 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
10281 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10283 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10284 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10286 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
10289 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10290 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
10291 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
10293 /* Define the index type. */
10294 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
10296 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10297 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10298 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10299 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
10300 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
10301 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10302 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
10305 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
10309 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10310 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10312 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10313 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10314 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10316 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
10318 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
10321 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10322 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10328 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
10332 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
10337 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10340 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10341 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
10344 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10345 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10346 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10347 even for bit-fields. */
10348 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
10351 gcc_unreachable ();
10354 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10355 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10356 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10357 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10358 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
10361 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10362 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10363 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10366 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10367 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10368 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10369 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10370 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10371 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10373 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10374 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10375 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10378 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10380 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
10381 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
10382 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
10383 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
10384 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
10385 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
10387 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10388 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
10390 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10391 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10392 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10393 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
10394 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10397 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
10399 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10400 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10401 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10402 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10403 below must take account of these differences. */
10404 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
10405 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
10407 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10409 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
10410 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
10414 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10415 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
10416 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
10418 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
10421 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10422 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10425 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10427 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10428 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
10429 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
10431 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10432 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
10435 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10436 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10439 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
10441 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
10442 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
10443 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
10446 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10447 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10451 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
10453 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
10455 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
10457 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10458 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10459 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10461 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10462 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10466 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
10468 /* TYPE_STUB_DECL may have given us a NULL, which decl_function_context
10471 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
10474 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
10477 if (DECL_P (origin))
10478 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
10479 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
10480 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
10482 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
10483 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
10484 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
10485 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
10486 than abort, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
10487 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
10488 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
10492 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
10495 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10498 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
10500 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
10502 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10504 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10505 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10506 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
10507 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
10510 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
10511 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10512 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10513 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
10517 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10520 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10522 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
10523 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
10525 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
10526 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
10529 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10530 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10533 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10537 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
10538 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
10540 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
10541 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10542 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
10544 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
10545 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
10546 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
10547 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10548 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
10549 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
10552 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10553 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10554 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10555 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10557 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
10558 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10559 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
10564 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10567 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
10569 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table, scope);
10572 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10575 pop_decl_scope (void)
10577 gcc_assert (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) > 0);
10579 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table);
10582 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10583 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10584 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10585 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10586 the current active scope. */
10589 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
10591 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
10592 tree containing_scope;
10595 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10596 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
10598 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
10600 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10601 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
10603 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
10606 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10609 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10610 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10611 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10612 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
10613 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
10615 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
10616 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10617 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
10619 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10620 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10621 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10622 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
10623 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
10628 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10629 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
10631 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10632 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
10635 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
10638 scope_die = context_die;
10643 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10646 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10648 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
10649 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10650 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
10656 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10657 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10660 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
10662 return (context_die
10663 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
10664 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
10665 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
10668 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10669 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10670 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10673 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
10674 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
10676 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
10677 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
10679 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10680 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10681 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10682 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10683 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
10684 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
10685 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
10687 if (code == ERROR_MARK
10688 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10689 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10690 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10691 || code == VOID_TYPE)
10694 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
10695 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
10696 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
10699 if (type_die != NULL)
10700 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
10703 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
10704 function call type. */
10706 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree type)
10708 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
10710 value = targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (type);
10712 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
10713 is not DW_CC_normal. */
10714 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
10715 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
10718 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10719 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10720 was declared without a tag. */
10722 static const char *
10723 type_tag (tree type)
10725 const char *name = 0;
10727 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
10731 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10732 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
10733 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
10735 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10736 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10738 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10739 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10740 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
10742 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10744 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
10747 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
10750 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10751 for bit field types. */
10754 member_declared_type (tree member)
10756 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
10757 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
10760 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10761 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10764 static const char *
10765 decl_start_label (tree decl)
10768 const char *fnname;
10770 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
10771 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
10774 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
10776 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
10781 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10782 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10783 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10786 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10788 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
10789 dw_die_ref array_die;
10792 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10793 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10794 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10795 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10796 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10799 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
10800 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
10801 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
10803 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
10805 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10806 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10807 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
10808 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
10812 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10813 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10814 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10815 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10816 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10817 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10818 for multidimensional arrays. */
10819 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
10822 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10823 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10824 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10825 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
10826 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10829 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
10831 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10832 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10834 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10835 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10836 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10837 add_subscript_info. */
10838 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10839 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
10840 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
10842 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
10845 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
10850 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
10852 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10853 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
10855 if (origin != NULL)
10856 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
10859 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
10860 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10861 0, 0, context_die);
10864 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10865 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
10867 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
10871 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10872 emit full debugging info for them. */
10875 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10879 for (i = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
10880 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
10883 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10886 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10888 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
10890 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10891 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10892 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10895 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10898 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10900 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
10902 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10903 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10904 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10907 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10910 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10912 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
10914 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10915 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10916 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
10919 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10920 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10921 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10925 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
10927 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
10929 if (type_die == NULL)
10931 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
10932 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
10933 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10934 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
10936 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
10939 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10941 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10942 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10943 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10944 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
10948 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10949 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
10950 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
10951 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
10953 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10954 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10955 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
10956 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
10958 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
10959 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
10961 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
10962 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
10964 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
10965 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
10967 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
10968 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
10969 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
10970 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
10971 values as if they were signed. That means that
10972 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
10973 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
10974 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
10975 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
10979 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10984 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10985 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10988 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10989 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10990 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10991 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10992 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10993 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10994 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10995 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10998 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
11000 dw_die_ref parm_die
11001 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
11004 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
11006 case tcc_declaration:
11007 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
11008 if (origin != NULL)
11009 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
11012 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
11013 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
11014 TREE_READONLY (node),
11015 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
11017 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
11018 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11021 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
11022 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
11023 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node, DW_AT_location);
11028 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11029 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
11033 gcc_unreachable ();
11039 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11040 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11043 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11045 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
11048 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11049 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11050 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11051 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11054 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11057 tree formal_type = NULL;
11058 tree first_parm_type;
11061 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11063 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
11064 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
11069 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11071 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11072 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11073 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
11075 dw_die_ref parm_die;
11077 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
11078 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
11081 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11082 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
11083 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
11084 && link == first_parm_type)
11085 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
11086 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11088 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
11090 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
11093 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11094 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11095 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
11096 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
11098 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11099 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11100 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11101 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
11102 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11103 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
11106 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11107 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11108 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11109 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11110 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11113 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
11115 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
11117 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11118 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11119 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
11120 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
11122 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
11124 push_decl_scope (type);
11125 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11126 gen_subprogram_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
11128 gen_variable_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
11134 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11135 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11138 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
11140 dw_die_ref old_die;
11143 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
11145 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11146 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
11148 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11149 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11150 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11153 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11154 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11155 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11157 context = decl_class_context (decl);
11159 gen_type_die_for_member
11160 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
11163 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11164 save_fn = current_function_decl;
11165 current_function_decl = decl;
11167 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
11168 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11169 if (! was_abstract)
11170 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
11172 current_function_decl = save_fn;
11175 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11179 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11181 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11182 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11183 dw_die_ref subr_die;
11187 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11188 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
11189 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11191 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11192 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11193 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11194 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11195 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11197 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11198 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
11201 gcc_assert (!old_die);
11204 if (origin != NULL)
11206 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
11208 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11209 inline function. */
11210 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
11211 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
11213 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11214 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
11218 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11219 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11221 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
11222 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11223 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11224 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11225 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11227 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
11228 something we have already output. */
11232 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11233 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11234 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11235 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11236 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11237 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11238 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11239 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
11240 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11241 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
11242 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11243 == (unsigned) s.line))))
11245 subr_die = old_die;
11247 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11248 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11249 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11250 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11251 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11252 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11253 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
11257 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11258 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
11259 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11260 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11261 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11262 != (unsigned) s.line)
11264 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11269 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11271 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11272 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11274 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
11275 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11277 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11278 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11279 0, 0, context_die);
11282 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11283 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11284 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11286 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11287 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11288 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11289 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11294 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11296 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11298 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11299 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11300 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11301 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11303 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11304 later reused to represent definition. */
11305 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11308 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11310 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
11312 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11313 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
11315 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
11319 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11320 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
11322 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
11325 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11327 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
11329 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11330 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11332 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
11333 current_function_funcdef_no);
11334 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
11335 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
11336 current_function_funcdef_no);
11337 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
11339 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11340 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11342 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11343 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11344 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
11347 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
11348 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
11349 variables is relative to one of them. */
11350 if (frame_base_decl && lookup_decl_loc (frame_base_decl) != NULL)
11352 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (subr_die, frame_base_decl,
11358 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
11359 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
11362 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
11363 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
11364 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl));
11367 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11368 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11369 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11370 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11371 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11372 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11373 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11374 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11375 an ellipsis at the end. */
11377 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11378 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11379 its formal parameters. */
11380 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11382 else if (declaration)
11383 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
11386 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11387 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
11390 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11391 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11392 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
11393 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
11395 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
11396 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
11397 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11398 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
11400 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
11403 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11404 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11405 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11406 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11407 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11408 parameters at all. */
11409 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11410 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
11412 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11413 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
11414 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11416 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11417 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11420 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
11421 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
11422 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
11424 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
11425 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
11426 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
11427 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
11428 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
11429 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
11430 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
11432 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
11433 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
11434 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
11435 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
11436 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
11437 constructor function. */
11438 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
11440 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
11441 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
11442 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), subr_die);
11444 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
11445 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
11447 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
11448 if (current_function_has_inlines)
11450 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11451 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
11453 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
11454 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
11459 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
11460 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11464 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
11467 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11469 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11470 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
11472 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11473 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
11474 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11476 if (origin != NULL)
11477 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
11479 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
11480 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
11482 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
11483 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
11486 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
11487 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl)
11488 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
11490 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
11491 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
11492 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
11494 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11495 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11497 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11498 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11500 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11501 != (unsigned) s.line)
11503 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11508 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
11509 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
11510 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
11512 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11513 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11515 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11516 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11518 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11519 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11520 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11521 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11525 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11527 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)
11528 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
11530 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11532 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl, DW_AT_location);
11533 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
11536 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
11539 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11542 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11544 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11545 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
11547 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11549 if (origin != NULL)
11550 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
11552 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
11554 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11555 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
11558 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
11560 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11561 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11562 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11566 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
11568 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11569 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11570 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11571 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11572 it if it ever does happen. */
11573 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
11575 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
11576 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11581 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11584 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11586 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
11587 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11589 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11591 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
11595 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
11597 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
11600 add_ranges (chain);
11601 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
11608 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11609 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11610 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11611 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11612 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11613 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11617 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
11620 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11623 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
11625 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
11627 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11628 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11629 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11630 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11631 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
11633 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
11635 dw_die_ref subr_die
11636 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
11637 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11639 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11640 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
11641 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11642 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
11643 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
11644 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
11645 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
11646 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
11647 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
11650 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11651 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11652 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11653 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11654 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11655 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11656 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11657 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11658 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11659 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11660 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11662 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
11665 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11668 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11670 dw_die_ref decl_die;
11672 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
11675 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
11676 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11677 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
11678 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
11681 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
11683 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11684 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11685 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11688 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
11689 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
11691 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11692 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11694 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11695 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11696 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11697 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11699 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
11700 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
11704 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11705 Use modified_type_die instead.
11706 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11707 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11710 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11713 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11715 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11716 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11717 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11720 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11721 Use modified_type_die instead.
11722 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11723 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11726 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11729 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11731 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
11732 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11733 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
11737 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11740 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11743 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
11744 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11746 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
11747 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11748 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
11749 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
11752 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11755 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
11758 char producer[250];
11759 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
11762 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
11766 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
11767 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11768 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR && filename[0] != '<')
11769 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
11772 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
11774 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11775 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11776 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11777 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11778 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11779 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11780 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11781 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11782 strcat (producer, " -g");
11785 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
11787 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
11788 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
11789 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11790 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
11791 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
11792 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
11793 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F95") == 0)
11794 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
11795 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11796 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
11797 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
11798 language = DW_LANG_Java;
11800 language = DW_LANG_C89;
11802 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
11806 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11809 gen_string_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11811 dw_die_ref type_die
11812 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11814 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11816 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11817 TODO: add string length info. */
11819 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
11820 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u');
11824 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11827 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
11829 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
11831 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
11832 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
11834 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
11835 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
11837 if (access == access_public_node)
11838 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
11839 else if (access == access_protected_node)
11840 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11843 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11846 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11849 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
11852 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11853 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11854 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11855 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11856 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11857 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11858 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11859 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11860 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11861 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11862 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11864 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11867 VEC (tree) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
11871 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
11872 gen_inheritance_die (base,
11873 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
11874 : access_public_node), context_die);
11877 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11878 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11880 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11881 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11882 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11883 do put them in the right order. */
11885 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11887 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11889 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11892 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11893 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
11895 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11896 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
11899 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
11901 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
11903 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
11907 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11908 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11909 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11912 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11914 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11915 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
11917 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
11918 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11919 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
11920 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
11922 if (type_die && ! complete)
11925 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
11926 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
11927 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
11930 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11932 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
11933 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11935 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
11937 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
11938 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
11940 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11942 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
11944 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11947 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11949 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11950 then give a list of members. */
11951 if (complete && !ns_decl)
11953 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11954 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11955 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11956 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11957 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11958 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11960 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11961 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11962 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11963 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
11965 push_decl_scope (type);
11966 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
11969 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11970 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
11972 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
11974 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
11975 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11976 lookup_type_die (vtype));
11981 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11983 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11984 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
11985 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
11986 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types, type);
11990 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11993 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11995 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11996 dw_die_ref subr_die
11997 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
11998 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12000 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
12001 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
12002 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
12003 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
12006 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12009 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12011 dw_die_ref type_die;
12014 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12017 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
12018 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
12019 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12020 if (origin != NULL)
12021 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
12026 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
12027 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
12029 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
12031 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
12032 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
12035 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
12037 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
12038 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12041 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12042 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
12045 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12048 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12052 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12055 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
12056 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
12058 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12061 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12062 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
12064 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12065 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
12069 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12070 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12071 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12072 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12073 cloned type itself). */
12074 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12075 type = type_main_variant (type);
12077 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12080 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12086 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12087 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12088 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12089 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12090 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12092 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12094 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12095 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12096 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12100 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12101 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12102 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
12104 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12105 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12107 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12109 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
12112 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12113 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12114 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12115 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12119 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12120 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12121 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12125 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
12127 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12128 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
12131 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12135 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12138 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12141 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12142 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12143 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12144 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12145 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12146 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12147 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12148 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
12149 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12150 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12152 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
12154 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12157 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12158 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12159 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12164 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
12168 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
12169 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12171 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12176 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12177 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12178 when appropriate. */
12187 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12191 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12195 gcc_unreachable ();
12198 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12201 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12204 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12206 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12209 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12210 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12211 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12213 gcc_assert (type == type_main_variant (type));
12215 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12216 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12218 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12223 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12224 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12228 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
12232 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12233 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12237 gcc_unreachable ();
12241 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12242 things which are local to the given block. */
12245 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12247 int must_output_die = 0;
12250 enum tree_code origin_code;
12252 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
12253 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12256 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12257 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12258 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12259 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
12263 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
12264 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
12269 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12270 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12271 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12272 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12273 the current block. */
12274 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12275 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
12277 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12279 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12280 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12281 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12282 must_output_die = 1;
12285 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12286 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12287 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12288 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12289 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12290 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12291 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12292 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
12294 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12295 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12296 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12297 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12298 as being a "significant" one. */
12299 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
12300 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
12301 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
12302 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
12304 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12305 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12306 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
12307 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12308 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12309 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12311 must_output_die = 1;
12317 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12318 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12319 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12320 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12321 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12322 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12323 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12324 if (must_output_die)
12326 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12327 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12329 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12332 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
12335 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12336 all of its sub-blocks. */
12339 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12344 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
12345 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12348 if (TREE_USED (stmt))
12350 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12351 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12352 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12353 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12354 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12358 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12359 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12360 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12361 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12365 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
12366 add_child_die (context_die, die);
12368 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12372 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12373 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12376 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
12377 therein) of this block. */
12378 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
12380 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
12381 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
12384 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
12387 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
12389 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12392 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
12393 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
12394 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
12395 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
12396 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
12397 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
12403 /* Returns the DIE for decl or aborts. */
12406 force_decl_die (tree decl)
12408 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12409 unsigned saved_external_flag;
12410 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
12411 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12414 dw_die_ref context_die;
12415 tree decl_context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
12418 /* Find die that represents this context. */
12419 if (TYPE_P (decl_context))
12420 context_die = force_type_die (decl_context);
12422 context_die = force_decl_die (decl_context);
12425 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12427 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12429 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12430 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
12431 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
12432 declaration die. */
12433 save_fn = current_function_decl;
12434 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
12435 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12436 current_function_decl = save_fn;
12440 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
12441 gen_decl_die() call. */
12442 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
12443 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
12444 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12445 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
12448 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12449 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12453 gcc_unreachable ();
12456 /* See if we can find the die for this deci now.
12457 If not then abort. */
12459 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12460 gcc_assert (decl_die);
12466 /* Returns the DIE for decl or aborts. */
12469 force_type_die (tree type)
12471 dw_die_ref type_die;
12473 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12476 dw_die_ref context_die;
12477 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12478 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12479 context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12481 context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12483 context_die = comp_unit_die;
12485 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
12486 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12487 gcc_assert (type_die);
12492 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
12493 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
12496 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12498 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
12499 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
12500 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12501 /* Force out the namespace. */
12502 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
12504 return context_die;
12507 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
12508 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
12510 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12511 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12514 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
12516 dw_die_ref ns_context;
12518 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12521 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
12522 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
12523 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
12524 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
12527 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
12529 if (ns_context != context_die)
12531 if (DECL_P (thing))
12532 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
12534 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
12538 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12541 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
12543 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
12545 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12546 they are an alias of. */
12547 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
12549 /* Output a real namespace. */
12550 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12551 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
12552 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12553 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12557 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12559 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12560 dw_die_ref origin_die
12561 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12563 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12564 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12565 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
12566 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
12567 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
12568 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
12572 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12575 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12579 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12582 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12588 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12589 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12592 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12593 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12594 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12595 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
12596 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
12601 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
12602 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
12603 if (current_function_decl != decl)
12604 /* This is only a declaration. */;
12607 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12608 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
12609 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
12611 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12612 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12613 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
12614 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
12615 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
12616 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12617 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12618 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12619 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12621 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12622 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
12625 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12626 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12628 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12629 have described its return type. */
12630 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
12632 /* And its virtual context. */
12633 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12634 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
12636 /* And its containing type. */
12637 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12638 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12639 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12641 /* And its containing namespace. */
12642 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
12645 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12646 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
12650 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12651 actual typedefs. */
12652 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12655 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12656 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12657 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12658 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12659 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12660 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12661 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
12663 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12667 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
12668 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12670 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12671 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
12675 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
12676 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
12681 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12682 variable declarations or definitions. */
12683 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12686 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12688 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12690 /* And its containing type. */
12691 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
12692 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
12693 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
12695 /* And its containing namespace. */
12696 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
12698 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12699 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12700 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12702 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12703 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
12704 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12706 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
12710 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12711 anonymous unions and structs. */
12712 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
12713 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
12714 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
12716 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
12717 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
12722 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
12723 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
12726 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12727 gen_namespace_die (decl);
12731 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12732 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
12737 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12740 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename, const char *context_list)
12742 unsigned int file_index;
12744 if (filename != NULL)
12746 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die, NULL);
12747 tree context_list_decl
12748 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
12751 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
12752 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
12753 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
12754 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12755 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
12759 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12760 compilation proper has finished. */
12763 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
12765 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12766 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12767 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12768 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12769 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12770 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12773 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
12774 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
12776 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
12779 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
12782 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
12785 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree context)
12787 dw_die_ref imported_die, at_import_die;
12788 dw_die_ref scope_die;
12789 unsigned file_index;
12790 expanded_location xloc;
12792 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12797 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
12798 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
12801 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
12802 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
12804 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
12805 else if (TYPE_P (context))
12806 scope_die = force_type_die (context);
12808 scope_die = force_decl_die (context);
12810 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
12811 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
12812 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12814 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
12816 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
12817 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
12818 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, scope_die, context);
12820 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, scope_die, context);
12822 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
12823 file_index = lookup_filename (xloc.file);
12824 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12825 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
12826 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
12829 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12832 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
12834 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
12836 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
12841 case FUNCTION_DECL:
12842 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12843 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12844 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12845 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12846 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12847 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12848 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12849 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12850 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12851 with the definition of the function.
12853 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12854 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12855 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12856 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12857 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12858 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12859 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12860 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12861 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12862 that they *are* definitions).
12864 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12865 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12866 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12867 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12868 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12869 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
12872 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12873 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12874 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12875 if (decl_function_context (decl)
12876 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12877 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12878 context_die = NULL;
12882 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12883 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12884 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12885 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12886 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12887 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12888 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12889 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12890 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
12893 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12894 variable declarations or definitions. */
12895 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12899 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
12900 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12902 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
12907 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12908 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
12911 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12912 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12913 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
12915 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12916 comparisons have. */
12917 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
12918 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
12919 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12920 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
12921 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
12926 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12927 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12930 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12931 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12932 if (decl_function_context (decl))
12933 context_die = NULL;
12941 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
12944 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12945 a lexical block. */
12948 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
12949 unsigned int blocknum)
12951 function_section (current_function_decl);
12952 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
12955 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12959 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
12961 function_section (current_function_decl);
12962 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
12965 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12966 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12968 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12969 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12970 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12973 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
12977 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12978 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12979 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
12985 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12986 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12987 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12988 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12989 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12990 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12991 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12992 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12993 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12997 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
13000 char *save_file_name;
13002 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13003 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13004 if (file_table_last_lookup_index != 0)
13007 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, file_table_last_lookup_index);
13008 if (strcmp (file_name, last) == 0)
13009 return file_table_last_lookup_index;
13012 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13013 n = VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table);
13014 for (i = 1; i < n; i++)
13015 if (strcmp (file_name, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)) == 0)
13017 file_table_last_lookup_index = i;
13021 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
13022 file_table_last_lookup_index = n;
13023 save_file_name = (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name);
13024 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, save_file_name);
13025 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13031 maybe_emit_file (int fileno)
13033 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO && fileno > 0)
13035 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno))
13037 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno) = ++emitcount;
13038 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ",
13039 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno));
13040 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file,
13041 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, fileno));
13042 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
13044 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted, fileno);
13051 init_file_table (void)
13053 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
13054 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table, 64, "file_table");
13055 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted, 64, "file_table_emitted");
13057 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
13058 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table, NULL);
13059 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted, 0);
13060 file_table_last_lookup_index = 0;
13063 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13064 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13065 our lookup table. */
13068 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
13070 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
13071 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
13073 static rtx last_insn;
13074 static const char *last_label;
13077 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
13079 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (loc_note);
13081 newloc = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node));
13082 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13083 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13085 if (last_insn != NULL_RTX
13086 && last_insn == prev_insn
13087 && NOTE_P (prev_insn)
13088 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION)
13090 newloc->label = last_label;
13094 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13095 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13097 newloc->label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
13099 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
13100 newloc->next = NULL;
13102 last_insn = loc_note;
13103 last_label = newloc->label;
13104 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
13105 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl) && DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl)
13106 && DECL_P (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl)))
13107 decl = DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl);
13108 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, newloc);
13111 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13112 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13113 declarations that use the locations won't have been outputted when
13114 that hook is called. */
13117 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13119 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
13122 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13123 and record information relating to this source line, in
13124 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13127 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
13129 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13132 function_section (current_function_decl);
13134 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13135 if (flag_debug_asm)
13136 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
13139 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13141 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13143 file_num = maybe_emit_file (file_num);
13145 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13146 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
13148 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13149 line_info_table_in_use++;
13151 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
13152 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13153 separate_line_info_table_in_use++;
13155 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
13157 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
13158 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13159 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
13161 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13162 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13163 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
13165 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13166 separate_line_info_table
13167 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
13168 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13169 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
13170 memset (separate_line_info_table
13171 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
13173 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13174 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
13177 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13179 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
13180 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13181 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13182 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
13186 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
13188 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13189 line_info_table_in_use);
13191 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13192 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
13194 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13196 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
13197 (line_info_table_allocated
13198 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
13199 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
13200 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13203 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13204 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
13205 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
13206 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13211 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13214 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
13216 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13218 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13219 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
13221 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13222 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
13225 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13227 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13228 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
13229 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
13231 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
13232 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename),
13233 "Filename we just started");
13237 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13240 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13242 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13243 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13244 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13246 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13248 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13249 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13253 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13254 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13255 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13258 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13259 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13261 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13263 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13264 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
13265 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13266 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13270 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13271 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13272 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13275 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13276 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13278 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13280 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13281 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
13282 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13283 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13287 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13290 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13292 init_file_table ();
13294 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13295 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
13296 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
13298 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13299 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
13300 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
13302 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13303 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table, 256, "decl_scope_table");
13305 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13306 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13307 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
13308 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13309 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13310 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
13312 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13313 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13314 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13315 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13317 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13318 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
13320 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13321 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13322 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13323 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13324 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13325 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13326 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
13328 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types, 64, "incomplete_types");
13330 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
13332 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13333 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
13334 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13335 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13337 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
13338 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13339 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
13340 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13341 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
13342 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13343 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13344 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
13345 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13346 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
13347 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13348 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
13350 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13352 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13353 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
13354 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13355 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
13359 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
13362 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
13363 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
13366 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13368 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
13370 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
13372 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS);
13373 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
13374 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
13382 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
13383 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
13386 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
13390 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13391 prune_unmark_dies (c);
13395 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
13396 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
13399 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
13403 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
13405 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
13407 /* A reference to another DIE.
13408 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
13409 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
13411 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file)
13413 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
13414 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned =
13415 maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
13421 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
13422 to DIE's children. */
13425 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
13429 if (die->die_mark == 0)
13431 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
13434 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
13435 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
13436 if (die->die_parent)
13437 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
13439 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
13440 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13442 /* If this node is a specification,
13443 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
13444 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
13445 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
13448 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
13450 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
13451 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
13455 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13457 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
13458 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
13459 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
13460 prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1);
13462 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13468 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
13471 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
13475 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
13479 switch (die->die_tag) {
13480 case DW_TAG_const_type:
13481 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
13482 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
13483 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
13484 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
13485 case DW_TAG_typedef:
13486 case DW_TAG_array_type:
13487 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
13488 case DW_TAG_union_type:
13489 case DW_TAG_class_type:
13490 case DW_TAG_friend:
13491 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
13492 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
13493 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
13494 case DW_TAG_string_type:
13495 case DW_TAG_set_type:
13496 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
13497 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
13498 case DW_TAG_file_type:
13499 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
13503 /* Mark everything else. */
13509 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
13510 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
13512 /* Mark children. */
13513 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
13514 prune_unused_types_walk (c);
13518 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
13521 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
13523 dw_die_ref c, p, n;
13525 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
13528 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = n)
13533 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
13541 die->die_child = n;
13548 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
13551 prune_unused_types (void)
13554 limbo_die_node *node;
13556 /* Clear all the marks. */
13557 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
13558 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13559 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
13561 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
13562 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
13563 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13564 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
13566 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
13567 pubname_table or arange_table. */
13568 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; i++)
13569 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table[i].die, 1);
13570 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
13571 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
13573 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
13574 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
13575 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13576 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
13578 /* Leave the marks clear. */
13579 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
13580 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13581 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
13584 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
13585 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
13588 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
13590 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
13591 dw_die_ref die = 0;
13593 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
13594 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
13595 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
13596 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
13597 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
13598 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
13601 for (i = 1; i < VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table); i++)
13602 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
13603 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
13604 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table, i)[0] != '<')
13606 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
13611 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
13612 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
13613 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
13614 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
13616 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
13618 next_node = node->next;
13621 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
13623 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
13626 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
13627 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
13629 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
13630 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
13631 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
13634 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
13635 nested function can be optimized away, which results
13636 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
13637 with the return type of that nested function. Force
13638 this to be a child of the containing function.
13640 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
13641 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
13642 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
13643 the function is likely unreachable too. */
13644 tree context = NULL_TREE;
13646 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
13648 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
13649 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
13650 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
13651 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
13653 gcc_assert (context && TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL);
13655 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
13657 add_child_die (origin, die);
13659 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
13664 limbo_die_list = NULL;
13666 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
13667 emit full debugging info for them. */
13668 retry_incomplete_types ();
13670 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
13671 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
13672 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
13674 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
13675 prune_unused_types ();
13677 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
13678 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
13679 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13680 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
13682 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
13683 that have children. */
13684 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
13685 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13686 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
13688 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
13690 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
13692 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
13693 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
13694 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
13695 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
13696 examining the file. */
13697 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13699 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13700 output_line_info ();
13703 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
13704 if (have_location_lists)
13706 /* Output the location lists info. */
13707 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13708 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
13709 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
13710 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
13711 output_location_lists (die);
13712 have_location_lists = 0;
13715 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
13717 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
13719 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
13720 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
13723 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
13724 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
13725 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
13726 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
13728 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13729 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
13730 debug_line_section_label);
13732 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13733 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
13735 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
13736 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
13737 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
13738 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
13740 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
13742 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13743 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13744 output_abbrev_section ();
13746 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13747 if (pubname_table_in_use)
13749 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13750 output_pubnames ();
13753 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13754 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13755 if (fde_table_in_use)
13757 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13761 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13762 if (ranges_table_in_use)
13764 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13765 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
13769 /* Have to end the macro section. */
13770 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13772 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION, SECTION_DEBUG);
13773 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13776 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13778 if (debug_str_hash)
13779 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
13783 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13784 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
13786 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13788 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"